<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Sunil</id>
	<title>Open Educational Resources - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Sunil"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php/Special:Contributions/Sunil"/>
	<updated>2026-06-10T20:19:49Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.35.7</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Soundcloud&amp;diff=8074</id>
		<title>Learn Soundcloud</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Soundcloud&amp;diff=8074"/>
		<updated>2017-08-07T09:51:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8C%E0%B2%82%E0%B2%A1%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B2%E0%B3%8C%E0%B2%A1%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; | Go back to &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
SoundCloud is a global online audio distribution platform.That enables its users to upload, record, promote, and share their originally-created sounds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|SoundCloud  is a application for accessing and publishing audio resources. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|You can store students voice recording, classroom audios and can share with others through link.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Version - Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|No specific configuration requirements but Internet connection is needed  to use this application.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://yourlisten.com/ Yourlisten]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|Google Play Music, Spotify&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://soundcloud.com/ Official Webpage]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of Features====&lt;br /&gt;
# Can upload different file formats, It  support AIFF, WAVE, FLAC, OGG, MP2, MP3, AAC, AMR and WMA files. &lt;br /&gt;
# And It will allow you to download audio files.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can also record your voice live on soundcloud page. &lt;br /&gt;
====Installation====&lt;br /&gt;
It is a web based application, there is no installation process.&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
====Access Soundcloud and Login====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Access Soundcloud and Login&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Soundcloud_1_Open_Browser.png|Opeb browser&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soundcloud_2_Create_Account.png|Create account&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soundcloud_3_Login.png|Login&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soundcloud_4_Main_Window.png|Soundcloud main page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
#Go to Application - Internet - web browser and type a word Soundcloud  in address bar and click on ‘SoundCloud – Hear the world&amp;#039;s sounds’&lt;br /&gt;
#Sign in or create account, sign in need user name and password (it is for ID password holders).&lt;br /&gt;
#You can log in through our facebook or google account also. &lt;br /&gt;
#Go to Home page and click on &amp;quot;Collection&amp;quot; and then click on Upload.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload Audio files====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Upload Audio files&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Soundcloud_5_Upload.png|Upload Audio files&lt;br /&gt;
File:Soundcloud_6_Record_Directly.png|Live record your voice&lt;br /&gt;
File:Uploaded audio files in souncloud.png|Uploaded files list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Playing audio in soundcloud.png|Play audio&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# You can upload sound and songs under our ID and share with the world Go to Home page and click on &amp;quot;Collection&amp;quot; and then click on Upload.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can also record your voice live on Soundcloud page. In your upload page, click on  &amp;quot;Start new recording&amp;quot; option and record your voice.&lt;br /&gt;
# Uploaded file list will appear like above picture.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can play and hear any files.&lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the files and formats====&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
Soundcloud has good community user support and it allow you to download and search varieties of creative commons audio resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
We can upload own creation Audio resources to this application and can share the link with others. &lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SoundCloud Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
[https://soundcloud.com/stream Soundcloud Stream]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Calc&amp;diff=8073</id>
		<title>Learn LibreOffice Calc</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Calc&amp;diff=8073"/>
		<updated>2017-08-07T08:09:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AC%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%86_%E0%B2%86%E0%B2%AB%E0%B3%80%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%B2%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier accountants used large pieces of paper to record business finances, to enter information like costs, payments, taxes, income etc. so that they got a complete financial overview.  These large paper pieces were called “spreadsheets”. The digital spreadsheet is similar, with columns and rows. A cell is a combination or intersection of a row and a column, in which information (both text and numeric) can be input. A sheet can be simply understood as an array of cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 1.1 Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|LibreOffice Calc is a free and open source application for creating generic resources.  Spreadsheet is used for handling numeric data, analysing and publishing through tables and graphs.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Data analysis is an important mathematical competency.  Spreadsheets can be very effective for introducing data analysis and statistics for students.  It can also be used to explore patterns as an introduction to algebraic thinking. The power of the digital spreadsheet is that many types of data processing can be done on the information entered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Version: 5.1.6.2&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(LibreOffice Calc is also available on the Windows and Macintosh operating systems)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|No specific configuration requirements&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|Other spreadsheet software applications include [https://products.office.com/en-us/excel Microsoft Excel], [https://www.openoffice.org/download/ OpenOffice Calc] (not being developed any more), [https://www.google.co.in/sheets/about/ Google spreadsheet] etc.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|You can view and edit spreadsheets using the LibreOffice app on Android for mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|Developer(s) -The Document Foundation&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/community-support/ Community help]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Overview of features ====&lt;br /&gt;
Spreadsheet application is used for recording data, processing data, analysing data, creating text and graphical outputs. The application has many statistical, arithmetical, text processing functions which makes it a very powerful desktop tool. Data can be sorted, filtered and processed into outputs, including multi-variate tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Installation====&lt;br /&gt;
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;LibreOffice&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; on top search bar in Software Centre.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
##Open terminal by clicking Applications-&amp;gt;System Tools-&amp;gt;Terminal or through Keyboard shortcut &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Ctrl+Alt+T&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##In the terminal window, type below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:&lt;br /&gt;
##&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;sudo apt-get install LibreOffice&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Opening a spreadsheet====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO Calc 1 viewing a spreadsheet.png|500px|left]] &lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice  Calc can be opened from Applications  → Office  → LibreOffice Calc. This opens a ‘work book’. A work book can have many ‘sheets’. When you open the LO Calc application,  it will show a window like this. The spreadsheet consists of rows and columns.  Each column-row intersection is a cell; this is the place you will enter data in a spreadsheet. You can click the cursor on any cell and type in the information you want to enter. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Cell A1 and type “Name of city”, Hit enter. Next select cell B1 and type “Average annual rainfall (cms). Hit enter, and select cells of Column A to enter names of cities and Cells of Column B to enter annual average rainfall. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can click on the A1 and B1 cells and click on the BOLD function icon (or simply type CTRL+B) to make the headings &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;bold.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like in the case of text document, you can use the File menu to save your spreadsheet.  The file will be saved with a .ods extension. ODS is the short form of Open Document Spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Navigating a spreadsheet ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cal step 2.png|500px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can move across cells using the arrow keys. You can also quickly go to the ends of the sheet using CTRL Keys, such as CTRL-Home (go to Cell A1), CTRL-End (bottom rightmost part of filled cells / entered data), CTRL – Up Arrow (next cell in same column, before an empty cell) etc. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is useful to become comfortable using keyboard to move across the spreadsheet.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Columns and rows can be inserted or deleted or hidden in a spreadsheet.   You can right click anywhere on the spreadsheet and insert/ delete rows and columns.  You can also go to Sheet menu and insert rows/ columns.  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sheets can be added or deleted from a work book using the &amp;quot;+&amp;quot; symbol seen next to the sheet name.  Sheets can be named and renamed by right clicking on the name of the sheet visible in the bottom panel.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Formatting a spreadsheet ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO Calc 6 Formatting numbers.png|500px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the formatting options available in LibreOffice Writer are available in Calc also. Making the text bold, italicised, increasing/reducing font size, font color etc are all available. Data can also be formatted based on what it represents - date, time, currency, etc.  The numeric information display format in terms of &amp;quot;000&amp;quot; separators or number of decimal places can be configured.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Providing headings to the data ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO Calc 2 Freeze rows and columns.png|500px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
We saw earlier how to enter headings for columns. However, if you enter data for more than 50 cities, you will not be able to read the column headings. To be able to see the column (and row) headings, you should move your cursor to the cell above which (and to the left of which) you want to be able to see your headings and click on View → Freeze Cells → Freeze Rows and Columns.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Inserting formulae for computations====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO Calc 3 Processing the data Summing up rainfall information.png|500px|left]] &lt;br /&gt;
You can do almost any kind of computation or processing with a spreadsheet. Here we will calculate the total rainfall for the cities. You can go to the cell below last row with data in Column B, which has the rainfall information and simply type in “=Sum(B2:B15)” assuming the data is in rows 2 through 15 of column B. Any computation or formula must begin with the “=” sign. Or you can simply use the shorthand icon on the menu bar “∑” and hit enter and the application will insert the same formula.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When the cursor is on this cell, the formula will be seen in the ‘formula’ bar on top of the sheet, below the menu.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All arithmetic operations, statistical operations are possible with spreadsheet. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can ‘copy paste’ a formula from one cell to other cells in the same column, here ‘copy paste’ by default will copy paste the formula and not the content. This &amp;#039;copy&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;paste&amp;#039; of formula is not useful, when we want to &amp;#039;fix&amp;#039; one value in our formula. For instance, if we are computing &amp;#039;Percentage of total&amp;#039; in the example of Average annual rainfall (cms), then we will input in column C2 &amp;quot;=B2*100/B16&amp;quot;. If we copy this cell C2 to C3, Calc will change the formula to &amp;quot;=B3*100/B17&amp;quot;, since it will increment both numerator and denominator cells. However we want to fix the denominator to &amp;#039;B16&amp;#039;. To &amp;#039;fix&amp;#039; the reference, you should insert &amp;#039;$&amp;#039; before the cell reference. So you should give formula C2 &amp;quot;=B2*100/B$16&amp;quot; since we want to fix the value in the 16th row. When you copy paste the formula to C3, it will copy as &amp;quot;=B3*100/B$16&amp;quot;, which is what you want. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sorting the data ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO_Calc_4_Sorting_data.png|500px|left]] &lt;br /&gt;
You can sort the data in anyway you want. You could sort it on the descending order of the rainfall (Column B) to see the data by the cities with the heaviest rainfall at the top. You can sort the data by cities (Column B).&lt;br /&gt;
remember that you should select the entire sheet (Edit – Select All, or simply CTRL-A) or keep the cursor on a single cell, else you may sort only the data selected which will be incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
==== Preparing charts and graphs====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Preparing charts and graphs&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Calc_7_Inserting_a_chart.png|Selecting data for inserting charts&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Calc_8_Graph_of_rainfall_with_data.png|Inserting charts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Selecting data - Select the data (columns A and B) and select Insert → chart option. You will get the chart wizard. You can select Bar chart to get a Bar chart of the rainfall. You should experiment with different graphical formats to learn&lt;br /&gt;
#Inserting charts - You can prepare charts and show it alongside the data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Printing a spreadsheet ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO_Calc_9_Adding_Page_Header_before_printing.png|500px|left]] &lt;br /&gt;
Formatting a sheet for printing is not an easy task. To make it simpler, some tips are:&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the ‘text wrap’ feature to wrap all the text input in a cell so that it won’t overflow to the next cell.&lt;br /&gt;
# Increase or reduce the column width so that all columns you want to print are included.&lt;br /&gt;
# Delete (or hide) columns if you don’t want them in the printout.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use Format → Page option to insert header / footer information, such as file name, page number etc. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use print preview feature to keep checking if the formatting is satisfactory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Saving the files and formats ====&lt;br /&gt;
# Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE – SAVE command, or by the shortcut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents. We can name this file “Rainfall information for cities in South India, October 2016.ods”. Often adding the month-year information when the file was created can be useful later.&lt;br /&gt;
# The files will be saved as &amp;quot;.ods&amp;quot;. You can save a spreadsheet as a Microsoft Excel format also (FILE -&amp;gt; SAVE AS)&lt;br /&gt;
# The files can be exported to a PDF format. This is useful when you only need to print the file and do not want any changes to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Advanced features ====&lt;br /&gt;
Calc is a very sophisticated software application and can even be used as a database, by cross referring data across sheets and books. You can also generate multi-variate tables using the &amp;#039;Pivot&amp;#039; feature. The &amp;#039;functions&amp;#039; in Calc are many and can meet statistical, mathematical functions which can be useful for exploring topics in Mathematics and Statistics. You can use Calc to store contact information, which can be used along with the Thunderbird email client, to generate customised mass email messages (this functionality is called &amp;#039;mail merge&amp;#039;). You can repeat the column or row headings automatically across printed  pages (hint – define print area). You can refer to the [https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/images/4/47/CG41-CalcGuideLO.pdf Calc user manual] for learning these advanced features&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
# Calc can be used for analysing data sets generated by your students as part of projects. Large secondary data sets can also be analysed.  Some of these project ideas include information about family members, houses in the area, crops / vegetation in the area, goods sold and prices in local shop and programs of the local government and budgets etc. The collected information can be analysed and published in tabular cum graph formats. &lt;br /&gt;
# Spreadsheets are also useful for helping solving numeric puzzles by setting up formulas and extrapolating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LibreOffice_Calc Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://help.libreoffice.org/scalc/.uno:HelpIndex?Language=en-US&amp;amp;System=UNIX&amp;amp;Version=5.2 User manual for LO Calc] &lt;br /&gt;
#[https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/community-support Community support]&lt;br /&gt;
#Videos to learn LO Calc are available in English, Telugu and other Indian languages on the [http://spoken-tutorial.org/tutorial-search/?search_foss=LibreOffice+Suite+Calc&amp;amp;search_language=Telugu Spoken-tutorials] site, created by the NMEICT program of MHRD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Impress&amp;diff=8072</id>
		<title>Learn LibreOffice Impress</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Impress&amp;diff=8072"/>
		<updated>2017-08-07T07:59:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AC%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%86_%E0%B2%86%E0%B2%AB%E0%B3%80%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%87%E0%B2%82%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%86%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|LibreOffice Impress is a free and open source application for creating generic resources, in the form of slide presentations.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|LibreOffice Impress can be used to create slides that contain many different elements  including text, lists, tables, charts, audio and video links etc. Slides are often used in training programs and in teaching to quickly and simply communicate ideas through points.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Version: 5.1.4.2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|No specific configuration requirements&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://sozi.baierouge.fr/ Sozi], [https://www.openoffice.org/product/impress.html Apache OpenOffice Impress],&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://google.com/slides/about Google Drive Slides] are all presentation software applications&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|In  an Android based mobile or tablet you can install [https://libreoffice.org/download/android-viewer LibreOffice viewer] through the Google Playstore&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|1. [http://www.libreoffice.org/ Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
2. [https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/images/a/ac/IG40-ImpressGuideLO.pdf LibreOffice Impress help document]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Overview of Features&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;====&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Impress lets you create professional slide shows that can include charts, drawing objects, text, multimedia and a variety of other items. We can import and modify Microsoft PowerPoint presentations.&lt;br /&gt;
On-screen slide shows, animation, slide transitions  are a few of the techniques you can use to make presentation more appealing. Impress also includes a spelling checker, text styles and background styles, to communicate information in simple and powerful ways.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Installation====&lt;br /&gt;
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;LibreOffice&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; on top search bar in Software Centre.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
##Open terminal by clicking Applications-&amp;gt;System Tools-&amp;gt;Terminal or through Keyboard shortcut &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Ctrl+Alt+T&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##In the terminal window, type below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:&lt;br /&gt;
##&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;sudo apt-get install LibreOffice&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Opening a presentation slide ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO1 Introduction.png|450px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Impress can be opened from Applications → Office → LibreOffice Impress. When you open the LibreOffice Impress application, it will show the window like this. You can click the cursor on &amp;quot;Click to add title&amp;quot; and type the title of the information you want to enter. And then you can click the cursor on &amp;quot;Click to add text&amp;quot; and type the information you want to present. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After completing the first slide, if you want take new slide, see the left side panel of the window and right click on slide, then choose new slide. Alternatively, you can also select any slide from from slide list and then press ENTER. &lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Organising text through bullets and number lists  ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO Bullets and Numbers.png|450px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To add the bullets and numbers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to text information, choose Format - Bullets and Numbering. You can also select the different symbols of bullets and numbers here. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
An important feature of Impress is to enable you present your information through simple and short points (&amp;#039;bullet points&amp;#039;). &lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
==== Inserting images  ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO add Images.png|450px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To add images&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Go to the insert menu in menu bar and click on images and select the image which you want to add. Alternatively you can click on the image icon in text field. You can move the cursor around that, and it will show the option to &amp;#039;Insert Image&amp;#039;. Here you can see the options to  &amp;#039;Insert Table&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Insert Audio and Video&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;Insert Graph&amp;#039;. Thus you can insert files in other formats also in your slide and make it a comprehensive resource on a topic.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Insert Weblink  ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO Hyperlink.png|450px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Insert Web link&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- Place the text cursor in the document at the point where you want to insert the hyperlink or select the text that you want to put the hyperlink on. Select Hyperlink command from the Insert menu. &lt;br /&gt;
When you present your slides (using &amp;#039;Slide Show&amp;#039; from the Menu), you will be able to click this web link and open the web page with that address (you will need internet connectivity for this). You can also use this to link a file on your own computer, which can be opened in the same manner.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
==== Custom animation for presentation  ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO_Impress_5_Custom_animation.png|450px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Custom animation&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Opens the Custom Animation from task panel on right side of the working window. Alternatively choose Slide from Menu Bar and then click on &amp;#039;Custom Animation&amp;#039;.  There will be varieties of styles to add, you can choose. Custom animation enables you to present your text in different styles. You can have the text come in different speeds, in different ways, this makes it interesting for the viewer by providing visual relief. Try different animation methods and have fun! &lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Modifying the &amp;#039;Master Page&amp;#039; template  ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO Master Page.png|450px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Master Page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Impress comes with a collection of master pages. Click on the master pages section from task panel on right side of the working window,   and click on master page you want to select for your presentation. &lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the files and formats====&lt;br /&gt;
#Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE – SAVE command, or by the shortcut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents.&lt;br /&gt;
#The files will be saved as &amp;quot;.odp&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
#The files can be exported to a PDF format (FILE - EXPORT as PDF). This is useful when you only need to print the file and do not want any changes to it. You can also save your file in the Microsoft ppt format (FILE - SAVE AS).&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
You can use custom animation in advanced ways to present text, audio, video and images in rich ways. You have different options to  print your slides - only slides or as a handout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
* You can organise and structure teaching ideas through slide presentations. You can animate your slides and combine text, image, audio and video elements for richer communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/images/a/ac/IG40-ImpressGuideLO.pdf The Document Foundation] &lt;br /&gt;
#LibreOffice Impress Official [https://www.libreoffice.org/ Website] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Record_My_Desktop&amp;diff=8071</id>
		<title>Learn Record My Desktop</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Record_My_Desktop&amp;diff=8071"/>
		<updated>2017-08-07T07:54:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%86%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%A1%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C_%E0%B2%AE%E0%B3%88_%E0%B2%A1%E0%B3%86%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|RecordMydesktop is an free and open source application for supporting to record your computer screen along with your input voice. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This tool can also be used for video resource creation. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Creating video resources, combining audio, text, image and video.  This can be used in digital story telling activities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|recordMyDesktop v0.3.8.1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://launchpad.net/kazam Kazam], [http://www.maartenbaert.be/simplescreenrecorder/ Simple screen recorder]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|There are many similar application are available in android mobile phones. Example,. [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.hecorat.screenrecorder.free&amp;amp;hl=en AZ screen recorder]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://recordmydesktop.sourceforge.net/rug/toc.php RecordMydesktop Help]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of features====&lt;br /&gt;
The RecordMyDesktop software records the computer output display as the video and audio. This can be used to record the functioning of a software or any educational application. In addition to the audio played on the computer as part of the running of the application, additional audio spoken and provided as an input to the computer can also be recorded as a part of the video.&lt;br /&gt;
Only you have to make sure that, when you are recording, you are not displaying any copy righted materials on the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Installation====&lt;br /&gt;
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by choosing “gtk-recordmydesktop” in Ubuntu Software Centre&lt;br /&gt;
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
##Open terminal by clicking (Ctrl+Alt+T),&lt;br /&gt;
##Once Window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.&lt;br /&gt;
##&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;sudo apt-get install gtk-recordmydesktop&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## just type your password(it will not display on your screen), press &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Enter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working with application ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Getting familiar with application ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:RecordMyDesktop 1 Main Window.png|450px|left|frame|The RecordMyDesktop interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
When we open the RecordMyDesktop we will see this main window. This main window contains the  following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select window : From this option we can define area to record.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record : This will start you recording session.&lt;br /&gt;
# Video and Audio quality : These two options will use to configure quality of your video and audio.&lt;br /&gt;
# Save as : From this option you can give file name and the path for your future recording videos.&lt;br /&gt;
# Quit : This will close the recordmydesktop application.&lt;br /&gt;
# Advanced : Under this advanced option, we can set up record my desktop more effectively like number of frames, audio jacks set up, and the CPU performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Getting start with simple screen casting with full window ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:RecordMyDesktop 6 Red Button.png|Selecting record option from top bar menu&lt;br /&gt;
File:Exporting recording as video.png|Exporting video &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The simplest way to start a recording is to simply left click on the tray icon on the top menu (as see this image), or click the record button on the main window. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you click on Record button, desktop recording will start. The recording can be paused and resumed at any time, by right clicking on the RecordMyDesktop icon in the top panel and selecting Pause (and later Resume when you want to continue recording). Clicking on ‘Stop’ will stop the recording and initiate the export of the video output. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Once we click on the &amp;quot;Stop&amp;quot; button, we need to wait till the export is completed, to get the output file. If we close the process before, we will lose the output file. The output file will be saved in your &amp;quot;Home&amp;quot; folder by default, with .OGV format. The file will usually have a name like ‘out.ogv’, however you can use the ‘save as’ button on the RecordMyDesktop screen to give a file name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Defining area to Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:RecordMyDesktop 2 defining area.png|Click on select area on screen&lt;br /&gt;
File:Record my desktop - selected area.png| Area is defined to record &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# It is possible to select the screen window you want to record. Click on Select window, you will be asked to grab the area to select. You can select only that part of the screen that you want to record. This is useful if you are opening photos or playing a video on only part of your screen and want to record that part only. &lt;br /&gt;
# After you have finished a selecting area, the area you have selected will be shown in the the preview window. Depending on your settings, an optional frame (see the highlighted box in the second image) might also appear on your real display, around the recording area. Now its ready to start recording, click on the &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; option from the top panel &amp;quot;recordmydesktop&amp;quot; icon(small red circle). &lt;br /&gt;
# If you are adding a narration, make sure you have connected headphones for audio input and set the input volume settings (from sound settings) in your computer to 100%.  Make sure the input is not muted before you start the recording.  Otherwise, the audio will not get captured. &lt;br /&gt;
# Once you want finish the video, click on &amp;quot;Stop&amp;quot; button from the top recordmydesktop menu. It will start exporting your session as video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Saving and exporting ====&lt;br /&gt;
File export and saving process are same in this application. After you start the recording, by clicking on &amp;quot;Stop&amp;quot; to stop the recording it will start to export your session in video formate. This video will be in the .ogv format. These video will be save in your &amp;quot;Home folder&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Advanced features ====&lt;br /&gt;
If you select &amp;quot;advanced&amp;quot; option from main menu, you will find following options.&lt;br /&gt;
# Frames per second : Setting it to a higher value will produce smoother recordings, but it will require more processing power. It will also increase the size of the video. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Sound : The sound tab lets you configure the quality of the sound capture, or the recorded ports, when using JACK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ideas for resource creation ===&lt;br /&gt;
# This is very useful for creating simple video resources by adding narration to a process being done using an application. For example, you can run a simulation on your screen or an image slide show and add your narration to it as the application runs. &lt;br /&gt;
# You can also use an existing video and dub it in another language&lt;br /&gt;
# Please make sure that in both (1) and (2) the original visual resource/ video is licensed for reuse with modification. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RecordMyDesktop Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://recordmydesktop.sourceforge.net/about.php RecodMyDesktop]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Youtube&amp;diff=8070</id>
		<title>Learn Youtube</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Youtube&amp;diff=8070"/>
		<updated>2017-08-07T06:59:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%AF%E0%B3%82%E0%B2%9F%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%AF%E0%B3%82%E0%B2%AC%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; | Go to &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[ICT_student_textbook/Audio visual communication|ICT student textbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Addresses the skills for using ICT for accessing resources and publishing resources&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational Relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Youtube is a video repository available on the internet for users to access resources for their personal digital library.  Teachers and students can also publish their own resources on Youtube&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar repositories&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://vimeo.com/ Vimeo], [https://www.teachertube.com/ Teachertube] (for educational content)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mobile applications&lt;br /&gt;
|Mobile app is available in a Google Play store (Search for YouTube ) and you can install the YouTube app in your android mobile.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|Youtube is an internet based video hosting service, owned by Alphabet Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.youtube.com/ Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Overview of features ====&lt;br /&gt;
# YouTube is a video streaming site that allows anyone to create and upload videos. You can watch millions of different videos, or upload your own to share with the world. If your content is good enough, you may even find yourself making some money!&lt;br /&gt;
# No registration required for viewing the videos.&lt;br /&gt;
# Account (gmail) is needed for uploadig videos.  The repository allows users to upload their videos with Standard YouTube license (with all rights reserved by author).  Users can also upload their videos with Creative Commons license (allowing reuse)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Using the application ====&lt;br /&gt;
To open YouTube first you have to open a web browser(Ex:- Mozilla Firefox, Google Chrome, etc) After opening the browser have to type &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;www.youtube.com&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in address bar or you have to type in search bar (youtube).  Downloading videos is usually not allowed under the Standard Youtube licensing.  Add-ons can be added to your browser for downloading videos which allow for the download option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accessing YouTube ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;150px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Opening YouTube&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Youtube_1_Option_Menu_to_Open.png|Opening a browser&lt;br /&gt;
File:Youtube_2_Open_Web_Browser.png|Accessing the YouTube site&lt;br /&gt;
File:Youtube_3_Main_Window_Of_Youtube.png |The YouTube homepage&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# The above images show you how to access YouTube. You need to access a browser (Mozilla Firefox, Google Chrome, etc) for this. On your computer with Ubuntu custom distribution, to open web browser go to (Applications  → Internet→ Firefox web browser), as shown in the first image.&lt;br /&gt;
# After opening the web browser type (www.youtube.com) in address bar or in search bar (just youtube) and press Enter, the search bar is shown in the second image. &lt;br /&gt;
#It will open the YouTube home page, as shown in the last image&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Searching for videos====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Searching videos on YouTube&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Youtube_4_List_Of_Videos.png|Search bar for locating videos&lt;br /&gt;
File:Youtube_5_Start_Playing.png|Video streaming&lt;br /&gt;
File:Youtube_6_Download_Video.png|Downloading videos&lt;br /&gt;
File:Youtube_searching_creative_commons_videos_(copy).png|Searching by license&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#The above set of images show you how to search for videos on the YouTube repository.  In the first image, you will see the search results displayed for the keyword entered in the search bar.  The example here shows videos on Geogebra being listed. &lt;br /&gt;
#You can click a video that you would like to view and that would open a window as shown in the second image where the video plays.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the third image, you see a download option, which comes from an add-on for Firefox.  However, downloading videos is not allowed under the standard YouTube license.  To download videos, you should search for videos which are licensed as creative commons.&lt;br /&gt;
#See the last image in this set of images.  YouTube allows you to filter search by the licensing terms of the video.  When we download videos that are licensed for reuse, and marked as Creative commons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Uploading videos====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Uploading videos on YouTube&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Youtube_7_Upload_videos.png|The upload option available after login&lt;br /&gt;
File:Youtube_9_You_are_in_upload_page.png|The upload page&lt;br /&gt;
File:Youtube_10_Select_the_video.png|Selecting the video &lt;br /&gt;
File:Youtube_11_Uploading_video.png|Upload in progress&lt;br /&gt;
File:Youtube_12_Progress_of_the_upload.png|Adding details and publishing&lt;br /&gt;
File:Youtube - Add creative common license.png|Adding Creative common license for the video&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The above set of images show you how to upload a video.  You need to login with your Gmail account to upload videos. The first image shows you the YouTube page after you have logged in, with the upload option available. &lt;br /&gt;
#Once you click on upload, you will taken to an upload page, where you click on the arrow to select the video clip to upload.  Before clicking on the arrow, select the visibility options of the video (ex public, friends, private) from a drop down box and then click on the upload arrow.  &lt;br /&gt;
#After you have selected upload, you will see a dialog box as shown in the third image where you will choose the file tip to upload. Clicking on &amp;quot;Open&amp;quot; will start the uploading process.&lt;br /&gt;
#The fourth image shows the upload in progress&lt;br /&gt;
#Once the video upload has been processed, you will get a screen showing &amp;#039;Processing  Done&amp;quot; as shown in this image.  You can add meta description of the video including file name (if you wish to change the name of the video which comes automatically), description and keywords to help search the video.&lt;br /&gt;
# After enter the basic details, click on Advanced setting, under the license and right section select &amp;quot;creative common&amp;quot; license. This license will give a freedom to users for downloading,editing this video.&lt;br /&gt;
# After You enter the all the details and if the upoding pgress is also completed, then you need to select the Publish button to make it available on YouTube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Saving, exporting and publishing===&lt;br /&gt;
This is a video publishing application and a repository for video resources.  Videos can be created in different formats - ogv, mp4, mpeg4, wav, etc.  When you record videos on your mobile, they could be of the following formats.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload in any of the formats on YouTube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced features ===&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://www.youtube.com/channels YouTube playlists and channels]&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://creativecommons.org/tag/youtube Uploading and reusing videos licensed as Creative Commons]&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Youtube|LPDKqadQEP8}}&lt;br /&gt;
|YouTube allows you to create playlists for your list of viewed videos.  You could also create channels to make available your videos available as a collection.To create channels and play lists you need to login.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Youtube|-O6xCrcHKTU}}&lt;br /&gt;
|This video has a demonstration on how to select license information when you upload to YouTube and also describes how to remix videos licensed as Creative Commons.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
# This is a very useful repository for building your personal digital library for learning resources as well as for creating and publishing resources.  Videos can be useful lesson additions or notes for your preparation. &lt;br /&gt;
# Videos licensed as creative commons can be downloaded and you can make your own contextualized versions - by adding text, translating or remixing with other videos.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Marble&amp;diff=8069</id>
		<title>Learn Marble</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Marble&amp;diff=8069"/>
		<updated>2017-08-07T06:37:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%AE%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%AC%E0%B2%B2%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
Marble is a virtual desktop globe and world atlas, which can be used to learn more about the Earth. You can pan and zoom, click on a label to open a corresponding Wikipedia article, and view the globe and maps with various projections with Marble.&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Marble is a free and open source educational software for subject  resource creation.&lt;br /&gt;
This tool can be used to teach maps of different regions (physical geography). &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Atlas is an essential resource for a Geography teacher. An atlas is required to learn political geography as well as physical geography. Marble is a digital atlas. It can be used to understand and analyse map information of the Earth. Lessons can be created using different maps from Marble to understand certain concepts in geography&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Marble Virtual Globe Version 1.12.20&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|No specific configuration requirements&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://openstreetmap.org OpenStreetMaps]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.google.com/earth/ Google Earth]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|Marble is not available on mobiles and tablets. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|1.[http://docs.kde.org/development/en/kdeedu/marble Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
2.[https://marble.kde.org/support.php Community Help]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of Features====&lt;br /&gt;
Marble is an virtual atlas, it has many digital maps of the Earth. These maps provide information about physical geography of the Earth, including topography, rainfall, climate etc. It also has ‘historical’ maps which give the information about the Earth at various points in time in the past, relating to political regimes at that time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Installation====&lt;br /&gt;
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Marble&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; on top search bar in Software Centre.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
##Open terminal by clicking Applications-&amp;gt;System Tools-&amp;gt;Terminal or through Keyboard shortcut &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Ctrl+Alt+T&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##In the terminal window, type below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:&lt;br /&gt;
##&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;sudo apt-get install marble&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Navigating the globe with Marble  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Navigating the globe with Marble&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Marble 1 Digital Atlas.png|Marble main page&lt;br /&gt;
File:Projection in Marble.png|Projection in Marble&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Marble can be opened from Applications  → Education  → Marble. Once Marble is open you will see a window like this. On left side of your desktop you can see &amp;quot;Map View&amp;quot;. In case you do not see the &amp;#039;Map View&amp;#039; on the left side, you should select &amp;#039;Settings -&amp;gt; Panels -&amp;gt; Map View&amp;#039; and check it.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Under Map View you should select &amp;quot;projection&amp;quot; type. Here you will see different projection types. You can choose needed. After this, Below the projection type, there will be option called &amp;quot; Celestial Body. Under this option, you can Moon or Earth or few other planets&amp;#039; view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Opening and studying maps ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Opening and studying maps&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Different maps in marble.png|Different maps&lt;br /&gt;
File:Marble 2 Opening Temperature map.png|Temperature map&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# On the left side you will see many maps one below the other. Selecting any of them, will open it fully on the right side. You can use your mouse to move the Earth in all ways – top to bottom and bottom to top, right to left and left to right. You can click on the map at any place to expand it – this is ‘drilling down’ the map. You can also use the scale bar at the right to increase/reduce the map size and change its orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
# For Example : Open the “Temperature July” map. You can study the temperature patterns across the Earth during July on this map. Colour conventions have been used to suggest the temperature during this month. Open each of the maps available in the application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Saving the files and formats ====&lt;br /&gt;
Marble does not have its own file format, which you can create, edit and save. However you can export images of the maps you are working on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can export map and  create an image file from Marble through the File – Export Map option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
You can search for locations in Marble. You can configure the physical features you want to see on a Map (you can remove features you do not want to see on a Map)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create information for analysing selected topics in Geography. Students can explore the maps for different topics such as &lt;br /&gt;
#Rainfall patterns in July and December in India (corresponding to South west and North East monsoons), rain shadow regions, and explore causes for different rainfall patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
#Latitudes and longitudes, the role of each and differences between the two.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Marble Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_PhET&amp;diff=8068</id>
		<title>Learn PhET</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_PhET&amp;diff=8068"/>
		<updated>2017-08-07T06:26:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%AB%E0%B3%86%E0%B2%9F%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
PhET is an educational resource that contains computer demonstrations of experiments and activities. It is a collection of science simulations that can be integrated in classroom teaching-learning.  &lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|PhET is a free and open source educational software for subject  resource creation. (Science and Maths)  It is a collection of free, interactive, research-based science and mathematics simulations.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|All simulations are free and open source. Simulations allow students to explore in detail scientific concepts and phenomena.  The simulations show dynamic processes and these can be slowed down, sped up, or paused, depending on the concept being shown; the invisible is made visible; and multiple representations are linked. The sims can be easily adjusted by the teacher during  discussions. These features often make simulations more effective for learning and more practical to use than static drawings or live demos.  Simulations can also be used for formative assessments.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|PhET Version - 1.1.7&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|No specific configuration requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://Vlab.co.in Virtual Laboratory] , [http://chemcollective.org/vlab_download Chemistry virtual lab], [http://virtualbiologylab.org/ Biology virtual lab]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|PhET Sims app can be downloaded from android versions Google Playstore.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|The simulations are written in Java, Flash or HTML5, and can be run on-line or downloaded to your computer.  It is an initiative from University of Colorado. [https://phet.colorado.edu/ Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of Features====&lt;br /&gt;
PhET is a virtual lab with simulations for sciences and math. Simulations are categorized by physical science biological science and earth sciences. Simulations are also classified by grade level and by device. Translated simulations are also available.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Installation ====&lt;br /&gt;
If its not available under Applications &amp;gt; Education, then you install PhET in your computer through the following steps&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select System tools → Preferences → Main menu → Select Education→ Click on New Item → Name – PhET → Command-  firefox /opt/PhET/index.html → OK&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
====Working with PhET application====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Opening PhET &amp;amp; Simulations&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:PhEt main page.png|PhET main page&lt;br /&gt;
File:PhET Simulations page.png|PhET Simulations&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#You can find PhET under Applications&amp;gt; Education&amp;gt; Science. PhET is an educational resource that contains computer demonstrations of experiments and activities. &lt;br /&gt;
#When you click on &amp;quot;Play with Simulations&amp;quot; – it will open simulations in various subjects. You just click on Physics and scroll down to the simulation on Pendulum Lab. When you want to open a simulation, click on the green rectangle which says “Run Now”.&lt;br /&gt;
====Working with Pendulum Simulation====&lt;br /&gt;
The power of a simulation is in capturing different points in a phenomenon and using discussion questions to facilitate student learning.  The following example describes a lesson using a simulation.&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Working with Pendulum Simulation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:PhET_1_pendulum.png|&lt;br /&gt;
File:PhET_2_pendulum.png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Notice where the pendulum is: &lt;br /&gt;
##is it higher, lower or at the same level as the central position?&lt;br /&gt;
##Notice the graph – what are the two variables on the bar chart?&lt;br /&gt;
##What do you think will happen to the pendulum next?&lt;br /&gt;
#Notice where the pendulum is – has it moved? What can you say about its movement? Notice the graph – what are the variables on the bar chart? What are the values of PE and KE as compared to total energy?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:PhET_3_pendulum.png|&lt;br /&gt;
File:PhET_4_pendulum.png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Notice where the pendulum is:&lt;br /&gt;
##Has it moved? Is it higher or lower than the central position?&lt;br /&gt;
##Did you notice anything about the speed of the bob as it moves from one extreme position to another?&lt;br /&gt;
##Notice the graph – what are the variables on the bar chart?&lt;br /&gt;
##What has happened to the values of the KE and PE as compared to total energy?&lt;br /&gt;
##What do you think is happening? Is this what you will think will happen when you try this experiment? Why? Why not? What is different?&lt;br /&gt;
#Notice where the pendulum is:  &lt;br /&gt;
##This extreme position to the right is at a different height than.  Why?  What role does friction play and where does it come from&lt;br /&gt;
##Look at the graph – what are the variables in the bar chart?  Where has the thermal energy come from? What do you expect will happen to the simple pendulum?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the files and formats====&lt;br /&gt;
PhET simulation does not have its own file format, which you can save the web link in .html format. However you can create image files of the PhET simulation you are working on, by using the Screenshot application.  [[Learn Record My Desktop|Screencast recording]] of a simulation can be done to create resources for the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the activities in PhET to create resources in video format as mentioned earlier. You can also create a set of screenshots of a simulation and present it along with explanatory text as a [[Learn LibreOffice Impress|slide show]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://phet.colorado.edu/ Colorado University]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Freeplane&amp;diff=8067</id>
		<title>Learn Freeplane</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Freeplane&amp;diff=8067"/>
		<updated>2017-08-07T06:17:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%80%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B2%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; |Go back to  [[ICT student textbook]]   [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Freeplane is a free and open source software application that helps you create and edit concept maps, as a generic resource creation. For the purposes of this section, we can treat &amp;#039;concept mapping&amp;#039; as nearly synonymous with &amp;#039;mind mapping&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Making concept maps can support thinking, brainstorming, sharing information and documenting meetings and group processes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Educators consider that Concept mapping is a good approach for build skills in students for ideating and organizing ideas; they also find it a great asset for teaching. It is a great tool to students to help them organize their thought processes when writing.  Teachers and students can use this application to collaboratively or individually create concept maps on an idea or explore a problem.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Version - 1.3.15&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|This tool has no specific configuration requirements. It is available as a part of Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Learn Freemind|Freemind]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets                                                                                                            &lt;br /&gt;
|There is no concept map creation tool in mobiles, but you can view concept maps In Android Mobiles using Freeplane reader or Simple Mind app. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://www.freeplane.org/ Freeplane website]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of Features====&lt;br /&gt;
Freeplane allows you to create concept maps, as a textual resource that can be organized graphically, in the form of a map or tree of ideas; it provides a pictorial overview of the concepts, related concepts / sub-concepts for a topic.  A concept map helps you to create a textual OER with possibilities for linking to additional resources (on your computer as well as on the web), adding annotations as well as images.  Freeplane allows you to organize and order ideas into a hierarchy connected by lines (edges).  Nodes can also be linked with free lines (connectors) and labels.  The concept map can be exported as an image as well as a text document.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Installation====&lt;br /&gt;
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Freeplane&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; on top search bar in Software Centre.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
##Open terminal by clicking Applications-&amp;gt;System Tools-&amp;gt;Terminal or through Keyboard shortcut &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Ctrl+Alt+T&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##In the terminal window, type below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:&lt;br /&gt;
##&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;sudo apt-get install freeplane&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working with the application ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating a map ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Creating a concept map&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Freeplane1_Opening_Freeplane.png|Opening Freeplane&lt;br /&gt;
File:Freeplane2_rootnode.png|Main window of Freeplane  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To learn working with Freeplane, we will start creating a concept map for Digital Story Telling; you will see above that Freeplane has opened a window with a box with text &amp;quot;New mindmap&amp;quot;. This node, also called the &amp;quot;root node&amp;quot; will contain the core idea/ theme to be discussed in the concept map.  You can click on File option to save this map; when the map is saved it will get saved with the name in the root node.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Inserting nodes ====&lt;br /&gt;
Concept maps can be stored on your folders; they are saved with an extension &amp;quot;.mm&amp;quot;. We have created a concept map called Learning Digital Story Telling.mm. After the root node is created, additional ideas are added by adding more nodes, called child nodes.  The concept map gets built by adding further child nodes, for topics and sub-topics. You can keep adding child nodes to any node.   Use the ‘insert’ key to create a ‘child node’ this is a sub-concept of your current concept. Use the ‘enter’ key to create a ‘sibling’ this is a parallel concept to your current concept. Thus you can create a concept map  with knowing just two functions – add child node (insert) and add sibling node (enter). In this manner, a concept map can be used to classify and categorise information.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Child and sibling nodes&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Conceptmap2.png|Child Node&lt;br /&gt;
File:COL - Concept Map on DST.png|Sibling Node&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Our map has nodes for the ‘why’, ‘what’ and ‘how’ of DST, with sub-nodes. &lt;br /&gt;
#The first image shows the creation of a concept map with the first child node.&lt;br /&gt;
#The second image shows the completed concept map with child nodes and sibling nodes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Linking nodes====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=packed heights = 250px &amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Freeplane linking nodes.png|Connect two nodes&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#When you discuss concepts, you can notice that sometimes concepts are connected, and you want to link them to study in detail.  For doing this you can add a graphical link (an arrow) to connect two nodes. To do this select two nodes, then go to Menu Bar and choose EDIT &amp;gt; CONNECT option. then you can see graphical link which is connected to two nodes.  You can click on the arrow and move it around.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Hyperlinking files and weblinks ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;150px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding hyperlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Freeplane4_inserting_hyperlink.png|Node with a hyperlink&lt;br /&gt;
File:Freeplane3_inserting_hyperlink.png|Linking to resources on the internet&lt;br /&gt;
File:Freeplanelinkfile.png|Linking to resources on the computer &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# In the first image, did you notice the red arrow in the root node of our concept map? This main node has a hyper-link which opens the Wikipedia page on digital story telling.  You can embed a hyper-link on a node, such that clicking on the node can connect to related resources. In our Learning Digital Story Telling.mm concept map, we have inserted a hyper-link for the main node ‘Learning Digital Story Telling’.&lt;br /&gt;
# To do this Move your cursor to this node and select Edit → Link → Add or Modify hyperlink (type). You can also use the keyboard short cut CTRL-K. Freeplane will open an input bar as shown in the second image. We will type in our web page address &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_storytelling&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; into this input bar&lt;br /&gt;
# You can also add a hyperlink to a local file on your computer.  If you select When you click on Edit--&amp;gt;Link--&amp;gt;Add Hyperlink (choose) allows you to link to a file on a folder on your computer.  The third image shows how to choose a file from your folders to link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adding notes and note window====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding notes and note window&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Freeplane5_inserting_notes.png|Node with a note added&lt;br /&gt;
File:Freeplane6_howtoaddnote.png|How to add a note&lt;br /&gt;
File:Freeplane7_note_window.png|Typing in the note window&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#In our Learning Digital Story Telling.mm concept map, you will also see a yellow label beside the arrow and if you place your mouse over the yellow label, you will see a note description. &lt;br /&gt;
#To add a note, you can click on the node, as shown in the second image, go to View---&amp;gt;Notes---&amp;gt;Display note panel&lt;br /&gt;
#You can type your note in the note window which opens as shown in the third image. You can change the position and size of this note window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Saving and exporting====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=packed heights = 250px caption=&amp;quot;Saving and exporting&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Freeplane8_saving.png|Saving the map&lt;br /&gt;
File:Freeplane9_exporting.png|Exporting the map&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#By default your concept map is saved by Freeplane as a &amp;#039;.mm&amp;#039; format file as shown in the first image.  While saving the file, Freeplane will display the file browser, to allow you to select the folder in which you can save your file. By default, the file is saved in your home folder. &lt;br /&gt;
#However, the concept map can be saved in many other formats. You can export the map to a text document file (in .odt or .doc formats). You can also export the map as an image (in .png or .jpeg formats) or as a web page (in .html format), as shown in the second image.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Typing Telugu in Freeplane====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Freeplane  will not allow you to type Telugu directly, you will need to change font family in Freeplane by the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to Tools -&amp;gt; Preferences -&amp;gt; Appearance -&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
# In the font family option select Telugu fonts and click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Okay&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Freeplane may ask you to restart, after which you can type in Telugu.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;If you are using older version of Freeplane, this approach will not work. You need to type Telugu in Libreoffice writer and copy paste it into Freeplane, and change the font to Telugu for each node.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the file====&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE – SAVE command, or by the shortcut key CTRL-S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents. Freeplane saves files with a .mm extension. You can also export a concept map to image (png or jpeg) and text (odt and html) formats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Advanced features ====&lt;br /&gt;
# You can insert images directly in your nodes. You can create visual representation using &amp;#039;Cloud&amp;#039; etc. You can enter detailed notes for any node. When you export it to a ODT, you can see this as a document, with the &amp;#039;note&amp;#039; information being the text in the note, and all the nodes will become headings. This way you can even write a document using Freeplane&lt;br /&gt;
# You can import your entire folder structure as a mind map.&lt;br /&gt;
# Our aim here is to get you started with concept map OER creation using Freeplane. For advanced functions, you should refer to the User Manual for the application. The Freeplane tutorial is available within Freeplane itself, which you can access any time by pressing the F1 function key. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;The tutorial itself is a concept map, and you should browse this concept map, not only to get help that you may require, but also as a lesson on how a concept map can communicate so much information in such a simple manner!!&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
Freeplane a good tool to start your resource creation work. You should develop a concept map for the topic you want to develop a resource on. The ideas you have about the topic, the sequencing of ideas and sub concepts, the specific points for each idea / sub-concept can be developed on the map. Links between nodes, with web pages, notes explaining concepts can all be inserted in the concept map. The power of the digital concept map is that you can keep revising the nodes, adding and deleting, moving and copying nodes as you want. This makes the process quite dynamic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have completed your concept map you can share it with your colleagues for feedback with which you can refine the concept map still further. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Freeplane Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Firefox&amp;diff=8066</id>
		<title>Learn Firefox</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Firefox&amp;diff=8066"/>
		<updated>2017-08-07T05:59:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C%E0%B2%AB%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Mozilla Firefox (or simply Firefox) is a free and open-source web browser developed by the Mozilla Foundation and its subsidiary. Firefox is available for Windows, MacOS and Linux operating systems; Firefox is also available for Android.&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Firefox is a free and open-source web browser for connecting and learning. &lt;br /&gt;
We will use it as a web browser to browse academic information and resources.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Accessing the web for one&amp;#039;s learning as a global digital library is one of the most important advantages of ICT.  A browser is essential for accessing pages on the web.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Firefox 49.02&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|No need to configure, its a web based application and need internet connection to browse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[https://www.google.com/chrome/ Google Chrome], &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://www.opera.com/download Opera]&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|Android version for Firefox can be downloaded from [https://f-droid.org/repo/fennec-50.1.0.multi.android-arm.apk Fdroid].&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://mozilla.org/firefox Mozilla Foundation and contributors - Mozilla Corporation]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of Features====&lt;br /&gt;
Firefox browser supports many web standards for rendering of web pages; it renders most of the web pages correctly.   Firefox is also known for its vast range of plug ins/add-ons that let the user customize in a variety of ways.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firefox is a free, cross platform (available for Windows, Mac OS X and Linux platforms) web browser developed by Mozilla Corp. together with many other contributors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detail visit https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Features_of_Firefox&lt;br /&gt;
====Installation====&lt;br /&gt;
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Firefox&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; on top search bar in Software Centre.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
##Open terminal by clicking Applications-&amp;gt;System Tools-&amp;gt;Terminal or through Keyboard shortcut &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Ctrl+Alt+T&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##In the terminal window, type below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:&lt;br /&gt;
##&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;sudo apt-get install firefox&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
====Opening and accessing Firefox====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Opening and accessing Firefox&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Firefox_1_Option_Menu_To_Open.png|Opening Firefox&lt;br /&gt;
File:For textbook Mozilla.png|thumb|The menu bar in Firefox&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Mozilla Firefox  will appear under Applications &amp;gt; Internet &amp;gt;Firefox Web Browser. &lt;br /&gt;
#Main page will look like the second image. If you know the web address you can type it in the address bar. Ex; www.upsc.gov.in   &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Searching for information using Firefox&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Firefox_3_Address_Bar.png|Accessing address bar&lt;br /&gt;
File:Firefox_4_Type_the_address.png|Searching resources&lt;br /&gt;
File:Firefox_5_Searched_Address.png|Browsing information&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#If you don’t know the particular web address, you can type the key word of searching object Ex;UPSC. you can search not only for text, but also for images, videos using search engine. In Google search engine (there are also other search engines), the search results has options for searching the web, or images or videos. You can download the file (video, text file, image file) to your computer. Check if the copyright of the file allows to copy and use.&lt;br /&gt;
#The search results will appear like in the third image.  You can click on the links to access the information retrieved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Searching text and image resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Searching for text and image resources&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Text search in firefox.png|Searching text resources&lt;br /&gt;
File:Image seach in forefox.png|Searching image resources&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#You could look for text information by simply typing the key word of your searching content, In the above image you can see text information accessed for &amp;quot;Digital Story Telling&amp;quot; in the search bar of the search engine. You can copy the search results information and can paste into your own text document. &lt;br /&gt;
#You can search for images from Firefox web browser, For example: If you want to search images about Digital Story Telling, simply type &amp;quot;Digital Story Telling&amp;quot; in the search bar of the search engine and select ‘Images’ link.  Here you can select images that are licensed for reuse by specifying the search settings. If you want to download or save images to your computer, right click on the image and click on &amp;quot;Save image as&amp;quot;. Rename the image file and select appropriate folder to save.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Boormark features in Firefox====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:bookmark.png|400px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bookmarks&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-All modern web browsers include bookmark features. Bookmarks are called favourites or Internet short-cuts in Internet browser.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To add a bookmark: Go to Menu Bar and click the bookmarks and click on &amp;quot;add this to bookmarks&amp;quot; to save the current page as a bookmark. By default, new bookmarks are saved to the Unsorted bookmarks folder. ... If you want separate folder, you can also create as per our requirements. &lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Save webpage to use offline====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot from 2017-01-05 10-53-22.png|400px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
In Browser you can save web pages offline to use without internet. To save the page, right click on the page and click on &amp;quot;Save Page As&amp;quot;. In the save tab, you can give specific file name and in the file format you need to select &amp;quot;Web Page Complete&amp;quot; and then click SAVE. Now it will save html file with a thumbnail folder. By clicking on html file you can view web page offline. &lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the files and formats====&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Open Source&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Firefox is the only open source Web browser among the most used browsers on the Web as of March 2013. The open source nature of Firefox enables developers from all over the world to contribute code to the browser and extend the functionality of Firefox with add-ons and themes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add-ons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Firefox is one of the most easily customized browsers thanks to its extensive library of add-ons. Add-ons are small bits of code that can extend the functionality of Firefox in an almost infinite number of ways. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Security&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Firefox features a number of tools designed to prevent malicious websites from causing harm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Android version for Firefox can be downloaded from [https://f-droid.org/repo/fennec-50.1.0.multi.android-arm.apk Fdroid].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
From the web browser we can easily download what ever we want related to subject (text,audio video)&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Firefox Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_browser Browser]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Dictionaries&amp;diff=8065</id>
		<title>Learn Dictionaries</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Dictionaries&amp;diff=8065"/>
		<updated>2017-08-07T05:49:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%A1%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B7%E0%B2%A8%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
In Ubuntu 14.04 version currently we are using Aard Dictionry. Its very useful to use for language translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
for Ubuntu 16.04 latest version presently Aard dictionary is not supporting, so here we can use Gold dictionary instead of it. It also has same features like Aard dictionary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This handout will briefly explain about Aard dictionary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==ICT Competency== &lt;br /&gt;
Aard Dictionary is a free, fast, easy to use word lookup program. that looks up words fast even with huge dictionaries like English Wikipedia. looks up words in multiple dictionaries in multiple languages without switching &lt;br /&gt;
-is keyboard navigation friendly&lt;br /&gt;
-has efficient, highly compressed dictionary data storage format with ability to verify data integrity built-in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
look up the meaning of an English word you see or hear.&lt;br /&gt;
find the English translation of a word in your language.&lt;br /&gt;
check the spelling of a word.&lt;br /&gt;
check the plural of a noun or past tense of a verb&lt;br /&gt;
find out other grammatical information about a word.&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Aard Offline Dictionary 0.9.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
In Ubuntu 14.04 version &lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements. We need to add required  language dictionaries. You can download dictionaries from the developer&amp;#039;s website, in case you didn&amp;#039;t have any stored on your computer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Please visit https://github.com/itkach/slob/wiki/Dictionaries and click on required language dictionaries and then click download. It will download to your computer and will store in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Download&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
It has lots of features that allow you to search Wikipedia articles even if you&amp;#039;re offline. You can also look up words in multiple dictionaries in multiple languages without switching. &lt;br /&gt;
All in all, Aard Dictionary is a very useful application that you can use in order to search for words in dictionaries and browse through articles on Wikipedia when you&amp;#039;re offline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
There are many Online and offline dictionaries available for desktops and  also for android versions.&lt;br /&gt;
#GoldenDict&lt;br /&gt;
#Kiwix&lt;br /&gt;
#WordWeb &lt;br /&gt;
#Gnome Dictionary &lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://aarddict.org/ Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Aard_Dictionaries_1_Main_Window.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:to_add_Dictionaries.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 1- To open Aard Dictionary, follow the steps :&lt;br /&gt;
Application – Accessories – Aard Dictionary.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 2- To add dictionaries&lt;br /&gt;
In menu bar click on Dictionaries &amp;gt; Add Dictionaries, then select your downloaded language dictionaries from Download folder.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Aard_Dictionaries_2_Showing_Meaning_of_the_Word.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 2- To use Aard dictionaries&lt;br /&gt;
Under Lookup option please type your word. Then we can see the translated version, Nouns and Verbs for given word.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Application- Ubuntu-Software Centre, Here search for   “Aard Dictionaty”  and then click on Install.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Open Terminal by Ctrl+Alt+T, then type following command there- &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 sudo dpkg -i aarddict_0.9.3-1_all.deb&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Please go through this link to download aard dictionaries from website - http://aarddict.org/1/ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To Add Dictionaries&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Then we need to add dictionaries- to download different language dictionaries – steps are as follows :&lt;br /&gt;
visit - https://github.com/yogiks/offline-indic-wiktionaries/wiki/Dictionaries#wiktionary  link and click required languages dictionaries. It will get download to your computer. And then in Aard Dictionaries window top panel, click on add Dictionaries. Select your downloaded file and add your dictionaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
There is a Aard 2 application is available in Google Play store for android mobiles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://aarddict.org/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=8064</id>
		<title>Learn TurtleBlocks</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=8064"/>
		<updated>2017-08-07T04:50:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%B2%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C%E0%B2%AC%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
TurtleBlocks is a fun activity in which you learn how command a little robotic turtle to draw pictures and designs for you. TurtleBlocks does only one thing and tries to do it very simply and very well: bring geometry and art together through programming. Like the Logo programming language turtle geometry has a central role. However the main focus of TurtleBlocks is static artistic images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
It was designed to be easy enough for children and yet powerful enough for people of all ages. TurtleBlocks is focused on making images while allowing you to explore geometry and programming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
The TurtleBlocks Tool version – 98-1  &lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
There is no specific configuration for this tool or application.&lt;br /&gt;
* TurtleBlocks is part of the Ubuntu distribution. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This can be opened from Applications  → Education → TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:1_Tutleblocks_open.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:2_Turtleblocks_main.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - TurtleBlocks can be opened from &lt;br /&gt;
Application→ Education→ TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you open TurtleBlocks you can see the window like this. This contain 9 programming palettes. First one is Turtle palette. This palatte contain some blocks, that blocks are used to control the movement of turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Pen pallete.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:4_Turtleblocks_Colour.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - This palette called pen palette. The blocks of this palatte are used to control the attributes of the turtle&amp;#039;s pen.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - This color palette contain some blocks. That blocks can be used with the set-pen-color block in place of a number block.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:5_Turtleblocks_Numbers.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:6_Turtleblocks_flow.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - This palette called number palette. The blocks in this palette relates to arithmetic and boolean operators. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - The blocks in the flow palette control program flow.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:7_Turtleblocks_blocks.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:8_Turtleblocks_trash.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - This is palette of variable blocks. These blocks are for defining variables and subroutines. Without actions.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step  8- This palette holds any blocks that have been put in the trash. You can drag blocks out of the trash to restore them. The trash palette is emptied when you quit Turtle Art. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_1.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_2.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 9 - Here we have to follow very lengthy code to write square.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 10 - Here we can draw the square by using very short code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_3.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 11 - In flow palette select repeat block and set number as 4 to write 4 sides.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 12 - To move the turtle select forword block in turtle palette set the measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_4.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_6.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 13 - Then select the right block in turtle palette to turn the turtle in right side and set the measurements.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 14 - After entering all the code press start button turtle will draw square.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Click File &amp;gt; Save to save the file. It will be saved in .tb format&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be exported to a image, svg, icon, odp,logo and python formats.&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
TurtleBlocks boasts the unique ability to create physical &lt;br /&gt;
manifestations of turtle designs out of various materials &lt;br /&gt;
using laser and vinyl cutters. This feature sets TurtleBlocks &lt;br /&gt;
apart from other block-based turtle programming &lt;br /&gt;
environments, such as TurtleArt, that focus on creating &lt;br /&gt;
colored pictures&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Applications → Ubuntu Software Center → in right side search box search as “TurtleBlocks” → Click on Install.     (If it asks any authentication, Enter your Ubuntu login password)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Open terminal by clicking (ctrl+Alt+T), Once window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.Sudo apt-get installed TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
Now, Enter your ubuntu login password(it will be hide) then press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - Follow the below link for Installing through web, but again it will take you through software center.&lt;br /&gt;
https://apps.ubuntu.com/cat/applications/precise/turteblocks/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps - &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
How to install – currently there is no mobile app for TurtleBlocks but there is a App called turtleDraw, this app also same as turtleBlocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Programming Tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
Source:http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Turtle_Art_student_guide &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://llk.media.mit.edu/courses/readings/TurtleArt.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Tux_Paint&amp;diff=8063</id>
		<title>Learn Tux Paint</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Tux_Paint&amp;diff=8063"/>
		<updated>2017-08-07T04:19:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C_%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%82%E0%B2%9F%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; | Go to &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[ICT_student_textbook/Communication with graphics|ICT student textbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Tux Paint is a free and open source application for supporting basic digital literacy by getting familiar with the mouse as a method of input.&lt;br /&gt;
This tool can also be used for graphic resource creation and editing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Tux Paint is useful for creating pictures, simple animations and adding text to images to create picture stories. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Version - 0.9.22&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|No specific configuration requirements&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GIMP GIMP], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MyPaint MyPaint], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KolourPaint Kolourpaint]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|There are graphics editors on the mobile / tablet platform like &amp;#039;Photo Editor&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|1. [http://www.tuxpaint.org/help/ Tux paint help document] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=O6hKk-0dzKA&amp;amp;index=1&amp;amp;list=PL4895DA72B06A794C Tux paint tutorials]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. [http://www.tuxpaint.org/ Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of features====&lt;br /&gt;
Tux Paint is a graphics editor; it can be used for digital art introduction as well as to make simple animation in the form of slide show. It has a simple interface with a drawing area, drawing tools, color palettes, shapes and stamps. The paint brushes can be used to draw free hand or with previously defined shapes. Tux Paint can also be used to edit images / photos created using other applications. It has been designed to encourage young learners with cartoon mascots and with cartoon sound effects. You can view detailed features [http://tuxpaint.org/features here].&lt;br /&gt;
Selector, providing various objects you can select from (e.g., brushes, fonts or sub-tools, depending on the current tool). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Installation ====&lt;br /&gt;
# The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.  &lt;br /&gt;
# In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by choosing “Tux Paint” in Ubuntu Software Centre&lt;br /&gt;
# If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
## Open terminal by clicking (Ctrl+Alt+T), &lt;br /&gt;
## Once Window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.&lt;br /&gt;
## sudo apt-get install tuxpaint&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
====Getting familiar with the application====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tux Paint 1 Main page.png|450px|left|frame|The Tux Paint interface]] &lt;br /&gt;
When we open the Tux Paint we will see this image. This window or main screen contains following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Left side&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Tool bar contains drawing and editing controls.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Middle&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Drawing canvas. The largest part of the screen, in the centre, is the drawing canvas. &lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Right Side&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Selector; depending on the tool selected, the the selector shows different options available for the tool. For example, when the Paint Brush tool is selected, it shows the various brushes available. When the Rubber Stamp tool is selected, it shows the different shapes you can use. &lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lower&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Colours; a palette of available colours are shown near the bottom of the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bottom&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Help Area at the very bottom of the screen, Tux, where the Linux Penguin, provides tips and other information while you draw.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating images with brushes and shapes====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Using the paint brush&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Tux Paint 2 Brush tool.png|Freehand drawing using the brush&lt;br /&gt;
File:Tux_Paint.png|Working with stamps (black and white)&lt;br /&gt;
File:Tux Paint 3 Work done stamp on Tux Paint page.png|Working with stamps (color)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above images show the different ways of creating images with Tux Paint.   &lt;br /&gt;
# The first image shows you how to draw freehand. You can use the brush tool, select the kind of brush from the selector, and draw freehand.  By choosing from the color palette, you can also make a color sketch. For more fun, you can also listen to sounds as you draw. The bigger the brush, the lower the pitch.  You can, of course, mute the sound.&lt;br /&gt;
# The second and third images show shapes unfilled and filled in different colors.  In addition to freehand, Tux Paint allows you to select pre-defined shapes and stamps to use in your creation.  This makes the tool quite versatile.  You can select the shapes tool and select the kind of shape from the right hand side selector panel. For example, select &amp;#039;rectangle&amp;#039; shape, draw a rectangle with drag (press left click and keep pressed) and drop (release left click), if you didn&amp;#039;t keep press mouse and release, it will  keep moving. Press and release is required to complete the drawing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adding text to images ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tux paint - adding text.png|450px|left|thumb|Adding text]]&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a &amp;#039;text&amp;#039; tool, which allows you to type in text in the canvas. By combining images and text, you can create simple cartoon strip.&lt;br /&gt;
For adding text, Select text tool from left tool bar, click on the screen where you need to add text and start typing. from the right side font window you can change the text font. Also change the text color from the bottom color tool bar.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating animations====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Animating pictures with Tux Paint&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Tuxpaint_animation.png|Creating a sequence of images&lt;br /&gt;
File:Tuxpaintanimation1.png|Creating a sequence of images&lt;br /&gt;
File:Animation_Play.png|Animating the images using a slideshow&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#It is possible to make simple animations with the pictures you created. In the first step, shown in the first image, you can use Tux Paint to create a series of images you want to build the animation with. For example, draw the life stages of a plant and you can start with a seed being blown from a mature plant. You can add as many images as you want to tell your story.  Each time you can make  slight changes to each drawing to create the idea of animation.   &lt;br /&gt;
#The next step is to number the images and play them using slideshow, shown in the second image above.  Numbering is done by simply clicking on  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;slides&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.  The bars that you see next to the play button allow you to select the speed at which the slideshow wil lrun and hence determine how your animation will look.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the files and formats====&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have created/ edited your images, you can click on the save button on the left panel. If it is a new creation, Tux Paint will simply save.  If you are editing an existing image Tux Paint will give you an option of replacing the older file or saving a new file.    &lt;br /&gt;
# The files will be saved as &amp;quot;.png&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Viewing the saved files&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The files saved by Tux Paint are available in your home folder, under the sub folder /.tuxpaint/saved.  The &amp;quot;.&amp;quot; preceding the tuxpaint makes this folder &amp;#039;hidden&amp;#039;. To un-hide (show) and open this folder you can do &amp;#039;CTRL H&amp;#039; when you have opened your home folder. You can then see all hidden folders. You can copy these files to any other folder you want.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
You can copy image files (only in png format)  to the Tux Paint folder for saved files -  under the sub folder /.tuxpaint/saved in your home folder. You can open these using Tux Paint and  edit it within Tux Paint. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
#It is easy to use Tux Paint to create simple drawings. These drawings can be a combination of what you can draw, combined with the &amp;#039;stamps&amp;#039; or images already available in the application. Thus image/graphics resources can be created with Tux Paint. These images can be inserted in documents to create picture essays.&lt;br /&gt;
#It is also possible to create simple animations in Tux Paint. You can create a series of drawings, with small modifications as required. You can sequence these drawings to show one after another. You can then &amp;#039;play&amp;#039; the slides for to create an animation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tux_Paint Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Tux_Typing&amp;diff=8062</id>
		<title>Learn Tux Typing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Tux_Typing&amp;diff=8062"/>
		<updated>2017-08-07T04:11:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%9F%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%AA%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%82%E0%B2%97%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; | Go to &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[ICT_student_textbook/What all can a computer do|ICT student textbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Tux Typing is a free and open source application for supporting basic digital literacy by getting familiar with the keyboard as a method of input.&lt;br /&gt;
Tux Typing can be used by children and adults alike for developing this skill.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Tux Typing is a free and open source typing tutor created especially for new computer learners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Familiarity with keyboard input is important for creating with ICT.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|    1.8.3-1 - 2014-08-20 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|No specific configuration requirements&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[https://www.kde.org/applications/education/ktouch/ KTouch]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://klavaro.sourceforge.net/en/ Klavaro]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|KeyWe, Typing Fingers&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://tux4kids.alioth.debian.org/tuxtype/ Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of Features====&lt;br /&gt;
The application includes two video game-style activities for younger players and finger lessons for experienced users. It is designed to be fun and to improve words per minute speed of typists.  Tux Typing is a free and open source typing tutor created especially for children. It features several different types of game play, at a variety of difficulty levels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Installation ====&lt;br /&gt;
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Tux Typing&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; on top search bar in Software Centre.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
##Open terminal by clicking Applications-&amp;gt;System Tools-&amp;gt;Terminal or through Keyboard shortcut &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Ctrl+Alt+T&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##In the terminal window, type below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:&lt;br /&gt;
##&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;sudo apt-get install tuxtype&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
To open Tux Typing go to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Application &amp;gt; Education&amp;gt;Tux Typing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
====Starting typing practice on Tux Typing====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Starting typing practice&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:TuxTyping_1_Main_page.png|Tux Typing home screen / main page&lt;br /&gt;
File:TuxTyping_2_Lessons_option.png|Tux Typing lessons&lt;br /&gt;
File:TuxTyping_4_Click_on_P_key_to_get_keyboard_Layout.png|Keyboard layout&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#When you open the Tux Typing it will show the window as shown in the first image. Typing can be practised by selecting games and lessons. &lt;br /&gt;
#When you select the lesson option it will show the window as in the second image.  There are 43 basic lessons. Go through the each lessons to practice typing.  &lt;br /&gt;
#When you select a lesson, Tux Typing will show a window and ask you to press space bar and then the &amp;quot;p&amp;quot; key. If the &amp;#039;Caps Lock&amp;#039; key is on (to type CAPITAL Letters) then Tux Typing won&amp;#039;t work. Hence make sure this key is not on. &lt;br /&gt;
#After you practise these lessons, you will find that you can use all your fingers for typing. This speeds up your typing hugely. You need not look at the keyboard to type, so you can see the monitor as you type, which enables you to identify mistakes in typing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Start practice typing====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TuxTyping_5_Keyboard_screen_typing_instruction.png|400px|left]] &lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;#039;space bar&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;p&amp;#039; key it will show the window as above. On the screen you can see items -  Time, Chars (characters), CPM, WPM, Errors and Accuracy; these basically tell you how well you are typing. You will find a blinking button on each finger to guide you as to which finger to be used for typing a given character. There will also be a blinking light around the character to be typed.  &lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Saving the files and formats ====&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
None. The interactive lessons in Tux Typing will teach you the proper keyboarding. The 43 interactive lessons in Tux Typing give players a firm foundation on which to build both speed and accuracy, you should practise all lessons in sequence a few times to become comfortable with ten (or nine) finger typing &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
None&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[[wikipedia:Tux_Typing|Wikipedia]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Geogebra&amp;diff=8061</id>
		<title>Learn Geogebra</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Geogebra&amp;diff=8061"/>
		<updated>2017-08-07T04:04:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%9C%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B3%8B%E0%B2%9C%E0%B3%80%E0%B2%AC%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BE_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; | Go to &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[ICT_student_textbook/Explore_maths_with_Geogebra_level_1|ICT student textbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|This is a tool for creating resources for mathematics and is an interactive application that combines geometry and algebra to create visual representations of different concepts in algebra and geometry. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|It is possible to create drawings and animations using Geogebra to explain different concepts in geometry and algebra.  It can be used by teachers as an interactive construction board in the classroom or as stand alone resource for demonstration and student learning.  It is also possible to use Geogebra for assessments.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Geogebra 5.0.180.0-3D&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[[wikipedia:DrGeo|Dr.Geo]], [[wikipedia:CaRMetal|CarMetal]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|Geogebra app is available for the Android platform as well as iPad.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|Markus Hohenwarter et al, http://dev.geogebra.org/svn/&lt;br /&gt;
[http://geogebra.org/ Geogebra]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of features====&lt;br /&gt;
Geogebra allows you to make dynamic sketches of different geometric shapes and solids, with a 2D and 3D window.  With its graphics view, spreadsheet view and algebra view it allows an interactive learning possibility for combining algebra, geometry and statistics.  Geogebra allows export as image or GIF files and publishing as html pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Installation====&lt;br /&gt;
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Geogebra&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; on top search bar in Software Centre.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
##Open terminal by clicking Applications-&amp;gt;System Tools-&amp;gt;Terminal or through Keyboard shortcut &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Ctrl+Alt+T&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##In the terminal window, type below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:&lt;br /&gt;
##&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;sudo apt-get install geogebra&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
====Getting familiar with the Geogebra interface====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Geogebra interface&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra1.png|Opening Geogebra&lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra2a.png|Defining the graphical interface&lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra2.png|Three panes in Geogebra window&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The above images show you the Geogebra window.  After opening Geogebra, you will see the application window as in the second image.  The user can define the graphics view in terms of the axes, the grid, scale of the axes, etc.  From the View option you can define the number of views you want to see - in this third image, three views are shown - the algebra view, the graphics view and the 3D view.  In this handbook, we will primarily discuss the 2D window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Using the tool bar - basic ====&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you will be introduced to the basic constructions available on the tool bar.&lt;br /&gt;
Moving, lines and segments, parallel, circles, polygons&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Introduction to the tool bar&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra3.png|Moving objects&lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra4.png|Moving by rotating around a point&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra 2 New point.png|Plotting points menu&lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra 3 segment between Two points.png|Lines and segment menu&lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra_5_Construction_of_line.png|Drawing segments and lines&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra 6 Construction a parallel line.png|Drawing parallel lines&lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra 12 Circle with Center and Radius.png|Circles&lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra6_circle.png|Circle with centre and given radius&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Geogebra tool bar is very versatile - the construction follows the processes that we would normally follow in paper and pen construction. Some six important categories in the tool bar are discussed below:&lt;br /&gt;
#Moving objects:Geogebra allows you to move object constructed freely by dragging the object.  You can also select an object and move it by rotating aroung a point.&lt;br /&gt;
#Plotting points: There are different ways of plotting points on the Geogebra graphics pad.  You can plot a point anywhere on the graphics view - this is a free point. You can also plot on an object or as an intersection of two objects; in both the cases the point is a dependent object.&lt;br /&gt;
#Drawing lines: The menu for lines and segments also allows multiple constructions - segments,lines, rays and vectors&lt;br /&gt;
#Drawing multiple lines: Multiple lines can also be drawn in Geogebra. Parallel lines, perpendicular lines, angle bisectors and perpendicular bisectors can be drawn.&lt;br /&gt;
#Drawing circles - You can draw circle, circular arcs and sectors using this tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Using the tool bar - advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;More features of the tool bar&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra7.png|Creating a polygon&lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra8.png|Adding a textbox&lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra8_angle.png|Measuring angles in a polygon&lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra8_length.png|Measuring segment lengths&lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra 9 rotation.png|Rotating and reflecting -1 &lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra 10.png|Rotating and reflecting - 2&lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebraimageinsert.png|Inserting an image&lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebraimageinsert2.png|Choosing an image to insert&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The above set of images show how to work with some advanced features in the Geogebra tool bar.&lt;br /&gt;
#Creating a polygon: The first image shows how to create a polygon by marking the vertices (by plotting points) and completing the polygon.&lt;br /&gt;
#Adding a textbox:You can add a text box in the Geogebra file as shown here by clicking on the textbox and clicking anywhere on the graphics view. You will get a box for typing the text you would like to add. Once the text is entered, as shown in the second image, you can right click on the text and after going into Object Properties,format it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Angle measurement: The third image shows you how to mark and measure angles.  The Geogebra angle tool uses the convention of measuring angles counterclockwise. You can also construct angles with given measure.&lt;br /&gt;
#Length measurement: You can also measure sides and lengths as shown in the fourth image.  Once you have measured angles and sides, you can drag and move the measurements and lebel to be shown where you would like them to be.  This drop down menu also has an option to calculate area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Rotation and reflection: As you explore symmetry and congruence, rotating and reflecting an object will be useful to do.  In the first of the set of two images, &amp;quot;Rotating and reflecting&amp;quot;, the polygon has been rotated by 45 degrees counterclockwise, at a vertex.  As in the case of angle measurement, the rotation can be specified to be clockwise or counter clockwise.  In the second image the rotated polygon is reflected along a side.&lt;br /&gt;
#Inserting image: In the last set of images you see an image being inserted in the Geogebra graphics view. Once you click on insert image, you need to click anywhere on the graphics view to specify the point where the image is to be inserted.  Once you click on that, a dialog box will open from where you can choose the image to be inserted.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Using the input bar====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Using the input bar&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra_11_input_bar.png&lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra_12_defining_angle.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In Geogebra, all the constructions you can do using the tool bar can also be done with definitions on the input bar.  The input bar also follows the same mathematical conventions used in the tool bar.&lt;br /&gt;
#Input bar for sketches: The first image shows defining polygon with a set of points&lt;br /&gt;
#Input bar for calculations: The second image shows how to use the input bar for defining variables and values for parameters.  You can also use this space as a calculator for values and properties being shown in the construction.  In this image the angle sum of the quadrilateral is being calculated in the input bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Using the tool bar - slider====&lt;br /&gt;
One of the powerful features of Geogebra is the dynamic feature. You can vary parameters of the shape that you want to animate and see how properties change.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Using the slider&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra_13_side_slider.png|Defining the slider&lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra_15a.png|Polygon with a slider for number of sides&lt;br /&gt;
#The first image shows you how to define a slider.  In the slider dialog box, you can define the name, the range of values for the parameter and the increment to be used.  You can either define a slider of sides or angles.&lt;br /&gt;
#The second image shows the construction of a polygon with a slider defined for the number of vertices.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3D view====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Using the 3D window&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra16.png|3D view&lt;br /&gt;
File:Geogebra17_extrusion.png|Extruding a prism from the polygon&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#The 3D window allows you to visualize the geometry along 3-axes. You can rotate the graphics view using the same icon that you used for the Move graphics view.  You can independently work on the 2D and 3D windows and the construction on one window will get reflected in the other.&lt;br /&gt;
#The 3D window allows you to construct solid figures by extruding from a 2-dimensional shapes.  Other features include construction of a plane, rotation, reflection., etc.  The slider defined in the 2D window will help animate in the 3D window also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Using Geogebra to make a given sketch ====&lt;br /&gt;
You have learnt many functionalities.  An example of how to use these different tools to create a Geogebra construction can be found [[Learn creating a construction with Geogebra|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Saving and exporting====&lt;br /&gt;
#You can save Geogebra file from the File menu.  &lt;br /&gt;
#You can also export the Geogebra file as an image (.png format) or as an animated graphic (.gif format).&lt;br /&gt;
#If you export the Geogebra file as html you can publish it on the repository for Geogebra files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
# Creating your own tool in Geogebra &lt;br /&gt;
# Making three dimensional animations &lt;br /&gt;
# Exporting Geogebra pages as html to add to the repository of Geogebra materials &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
# Geogebra sketches for demonstrating different problems in geometry&lt;br /&gt;
# Geogebra can be combined with [[Learn Record My Desktop|screencast recording]] to create a video recording of a lesson with a Geogebra file; this can be used for students&amp;#039; self learning as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://www.geogebra.org/ Geogebra Web page]&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GeoGebra Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/Portal:ICT_Literacy KOER]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Geogebratube&amp;diff=8060</id>
		<title>Learn Geogebratube</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Geogebratube&amp;diff=8060"/>
		<updated>2017-08-07T03:56:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%9C%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B3%8B%E0%B2%9C%E0%B3%80%E0%B2%AC%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%9F%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%AF%E0%B3%82%E0%B2%AC%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; | Go back to &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
GeoGebraTube is the name of the new material sharing platform, developed for the special needs of the GeoGebra community. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source:https://store.office.com/geogebratube-WA104199813.aspx?assetid=WA104199813&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|This is a tool for upload and publish Geogebra materials &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|GeoGebra (www.geogebra.org) is free dynamic mathematics software for all levels of education that brings together geometry, algebra, spreadsheets, graphing, statistics and calculus in one easy-to-use package. Interactive learning, teaching and evaluation resources created with GeoGebra can be shared and used by everyone at www.geogebratube.org.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|There is no similar applications for this tool&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|This is publishing tool, there is no mobile app for this.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://dev.geogebra.org/trac/wiki/GeoGebraTube Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of Features====&lt;br /&gt;
This tool helps to upload our Geogebra file along with images, videos, text, pdf files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Installation ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is publishing tool, it doesn&amp;#039;t need any installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |{{ext-img|450|[[File:GeogebraTube_1_Open_GeogebraTube.png]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |{{ext-img|450|[[File:GeogebraTube_2_Create_Account.png]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 1- To upload our geogebra material we must go to geogebra tube. For that search as www.geogebratube.org.&lt;br /&gt;
In address bar. This will take you to geogebra page like this.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 2 -To upload the material in geogebra tube we must have login id. To create id click on the sign in option and create account, it will show the window like this. Fill all the box and press create account option.    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |{{ext-img|450|[[File:GeogebraTube_3_Account_Setting.png]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |{{ext-img|450|[[File:GeogebraTube_4_Upload_Files.png]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 3- When you press create account option it will take you to account setting window. Here you have to fill the personal information.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 4 -After creating login account you can upload the material in the geogebra  tube. To upload the material click on the browse option.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |{{ext-img|450|[[File:GeogebraTube_5_Select_File.png]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |{{ext-img|450|[[File:GeogebraTube_6_Show_Like_This.png]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 5-When you click on the browse option it will show the page like this. Here you select uploading material.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 6 After selecting material itwill show the geogebra file like this and ask you to give name.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |{{ext-img|450|[[File:GeogebraTube_7_Add_Text_Video_Image.png]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |{{ext-img|450|[[File:GeogebraTube_8_Short_Summary.png]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 7-Along with this you can add text, video, image, pdf file by clicking add element option.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 8- When you try to save the option it will again ask you to write short summary, target group, language, visibility ect. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the files and formats====&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_GIMP&amp;diff=8059</id>
		<title>Learn GIMP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_GIMP&amp;diff=8059"/>
		<updated>2017-08-07T03:36:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%9C%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%82%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%87%E0%B2%AE%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%9C%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%8E%E0%B2%A1%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; | Go back to &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
GIMP is a cross-platform image editor available for GNU/Linux, OS X, Windows and more operating systems. It is a free software.&lt;br /&gt;
==ICT Competency==&lt;br /&gt;
It is a tool for generic resource creation, used to edit images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stable release 	2.8.20 (February 1, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
Its GIMP is part of the Ubuntu distribution. This can be opened from Applications  → graphics → GIMP.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
#Tools used to perform image editing can be accessed via the toolbox, They include filters and brushes, as well as transformation, selection, layer and masking tools.&lt;br /&gt;
#GIMP selection tools include a rectangular and circular selection tool, free select tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#There are many tools that can be used for editing images in GIMP. The more common tools include a paint brush, pencil, airbrush, eraser and ink tools used to create new or blended pixels.&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
GIMP Inkscape , XGimp image editor, etc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.gimp.org/ The GIMP Development Team]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:GIMP_1_Main_Window.png|200px]] [[File:Opening an image file using GIMP.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:GIMP_2_Select_Tool.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 1 - &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Open GIMP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Select File → New → select which size want to edit image  → OK&lt;br /&gt;
# If you didn&amp;#039;t get side toolbox please click on Windows then click Tool box.&lt;br /&gt;
# Insert image – select File → Open → Select image.  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, You can also open GIMP through image. Select image which you want to edit, and right click choose Open with &amp;gt; GIMP Image Editor. It will open with image to edit. &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 2 - &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select Tools&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rectangle select tool&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; : Select a rectangular Tool&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ellipse select tool&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; : Select an elliptical region &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Free select tool&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; : Select a hand-drawn region with free with polygonal segments &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Crop to selection of an image, using GIMP.png|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Scaling an image using GIMP.png|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 3 -  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Crop&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Select the area that you would like to retain. The area can be extended or reduced by selecting one of the sides. Once your desired area is selected (the remaining area will turn grey or darker), then double click inside the desired area. The photo will be cropped to that size.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The tool is used:&lt;br /&gt;
# To reduce the size of large images. &lt;br /&gt;
# To remove unnecessary areas in a photo.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 4 - &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Scale&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Select the image. Go to the menu bar on top and click on the &amp;#039;Image&amp;#039; option. Then click on &amp;#039;Scale image...&amp;#039;This would show you options of &amp;#039;width and height&amp;#039; along with &amp;#039;X resolution&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;Y resolution&amp;#039;. Enter in 72 pixels in both X and Y spaces. This would help reduce the file to a small size. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The tool is used:&lt;br /&gt;
* To reduce resolution which helps in file size.&lt;br /&gt;
* To make photos for uploading on websites (should not be used for printing).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:GIMP_5_Move.png|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |[[File:GIMP_6_Add_Text.png|200px]] [[File:Entering text on an image using GIMP.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 5 - &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Move&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; After scaling an image, if you want to add another image to the frame, you would have to move the first image to the side. This can be done using the move tool. Select the move tool. Select the image. Click and drag to a suitable location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The tool is used:&lt;br /&gt;
* When there is more than one element in the window you are working on&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;&amp;quot; |Step 6 - &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Add Text&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Select the Text tool (a capital A). Now, drag the tool to were you want to insert text. A tiny box pops up. Type your text in the box. The size, colour, style of the text can be changed in the settings below the tool box. The length of the text box can be adjusted after you finishing typing your text by selecting the corners and dragging.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The tool is used:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To add a title or caption explaining the text is useful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE – SAVE AS command, or by the shortcut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents. Its saving in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.xcf&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
After your edits, final output file can be export from here by using the FILE – Export AS command. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents. You can export the image to various formats, including  .PNG .JPEG .JPG&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
#Customizable Interface- Each task requires a different environment and GIMP allows you to customize the view and behavior the way you like it. Starting from the widget theme, allowing you to change colors, widget spacings and icon sizes to custom tool sets in the toolbox.&lt;br /&gt;
#Photo Enhancement- Numerous digital photo imperfections can be easily compensated for using GIMP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu Software Centre || Steps - type GIMP and install&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - type sudo apt-get install gimp and press Enter key. Type your password and press Enter to complete installation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Currently there is no GIMP app but alternative many image editing App available at an Android play store.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Modify pictures hight, width, size, etc and creating resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://www.gimp.org/ GIMP Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
# https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GIMP GIMP Wikipedia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Google_Photos&amp;diff=8058</id>
		<title>Learn Google Photos</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Google_Photos&amp;diff=8058"/>
		<updated>2017-08-04T12:21:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%97%E0%B3%82%E0%B2%97%E0%B2%B2%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%8B%E0%B2%9F%E0%B3%8B%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Google Photos is a publishing tool and its a photo sharing and storage service developed by Google.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|By using Google photos, All our photos are backed up safely, organized and labelled automatically, so you can find them fast, and share them with others.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|No specific configuration requirements but Internet connection is needed  to use this application.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://www.flickr.com/ Flickr] [http://yorba.org/shotwell/help/ Shotwell Photo Manager]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|All our Android version mobile phones will have Google Photo application by default, and no need to install it again. Need to switch on the synchronizing option to get all your mobile camera photos to upload to your Google Photos  automatically. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://photos.google.com/ Google]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of Features====&lt;br /&gt;
The service offers apps for the Android and iOS operating systems, and a website. Users back up their photos to the cloud service, which become accessible for all of their devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The service analyse photos for similar faces and groups them together in the People category&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Images can be easily shared with social networks (Google+, Facebook, Twitter) and other services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
====Accessing Google Photos====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Accessing Google Photos&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Google_Photos_1_App_Of_Google.png|Opening Google Photos&lt;br /&gt;
File:Google_photos_2_Upload_Photos.png|Uploading Photos&lt;br /&gt;
File:Google_photos_3_Add_Photos_to_Existing_Album.png|Create album&lt;br /&gt;
File:Album View in Google Photos.png|Google Photos album view &lt;br /&gt;
File:Share option in Google Photos.png|Share photo album&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#To open a Google Photo First login to your Gmail account then go to app option which is showing in the image. Click on Photos.&lt;br /&gt;
#To Upload your photos Click on  upload icon on middle right side of the screen.Select your photos or photo folder to upload. To Upload: Click on File Upload -&amp;gt; select file -&amp;gt;click open.&lt;br /&gt;
#Please wait till uploading process got complete. After that it will ask you to add your photos to existing album or you can create new album. &lt;br /&gt;
#Your albums will look like 4th image.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once your photos are uploaded in google photos, now you can share your photo album with others by clicking share icon, You can share through google photos by entering their email id, or you can copy the link and share by composing mail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
Google updated Photos to include automatically generated albums. After an event or trip, Photos will group the best photos together and suggest creating an album with them, alongside maps to show geographic travel and location pins for exact places. Users can also add text captions to describe photos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
We can store all photos as subject wise albums, and can easily share photos with peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Google_Photos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Google_Drive&amp;diff=8057</id>
		<title>Learn Google Drive</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Google_Drive&amp;diff=8057"/>
		<updated>2017-08-04T11:37:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%97%E0%B3%82%E0%B2%97%E0%B2%B2%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%A1%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%B5%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Google Drive is an on-line folder that stores the files and folders you create and which are shared with you by others. To access your drive from different devices, you need to sign in to your Google Account (which is created when you open your [[Learn Gmail|Gmail account]]).&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Google Drive is a application for accessing and publishing resources. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|You can store all your data here by uploading existing file, folders and also can create new files and folders. And you can share your data with your peers to view, edit and comment. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Version - Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|No specific configuration requirements but Internet connection is needed  to use this application.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://nextcloud.com/ Nextcloud] [https://www.dropbox.com/?landing=cntl Dropbox]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|Android phones will have inbuilt Google Drive option. You need to switch on the synchronizing option to get all your mobile camera photos to upload to your google drive photos automatically. This enable all your important event photos will be saved safely in Google Drive.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://www.google.com/drive/ Google] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of Features====&lt;br /&gt;
# Google allows you 15 GB of free Google online storage, this includes your photos (Google photos), emails (Gmail), stories, drawings, recordings, video (Drive files).&lt;br /&gt;
# Your files in Drive can be reached from any smart phone, tablet, or computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can invite others to view, download, and collaborate on all the files you want–no email attachment needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Installation ====&lt;br /&gt;
It is a web based application, there is no installation process. To access google drive, you have to sign in to your google account (Gmail login will do this).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
====Accessing Google Drive ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Opening Google Drive&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Youtube_1_Option_Menu_to_Open.png|Opening a browser&lt;br /&gt;
File:Gmail 1 Main Window.png|Login to Gmail account&lt;br /&gt;
File:Google_Photos_1_App_Of_Google.png|Google Apps, select Drive&lt;br /&gt;
File:Google_Drive_2_Main_Window.png|Google Drive main page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# The above images show you how to access Google Drive. You need to access a browser ([[Learn Firefox|Mozilla Firefox]]) for this. On your computer with Ubuntu custom distribution, to open web browser go to (Applications  → Internet→ Firefox web browser), as shown in the first image. And then type www.gmail.com in address bar to enter to Gmail page.&lt;br /&gt;
#Login to your Gmail account by using your Gmail user ID and password.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then go to App option which is showing in the image. Click on Drive.&lt;br /&gt;
#The google drive page will open and will look like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating / uploading and sharing files====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Creating/Uploading and Sharing file&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Google_Drive_3_New_Files_Uploads.png|New files&lt;br /&gt;
File:Google_Drive_4_Share_Files.png|Sharing files&lt;br /&gt;
File:Google_Drive_5_Access_Permission.png|Access permission&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#To Upload your local Folders to or Files to Google Drive , Click on “New” icon on left side of the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
##If you want to create a folder, click on “Folder” --&amp;gt; Give folder name --&amp;gt; Click on “Create”. &lt;br /&gt;
##To upload a file: Click on File Upload -&amp;gt; select file -&amp;gt;click open. &lt;br /&gt;
##You can create new files here, you can create documents, spreadsheet, slides. Google Drive has Open Document Format (odt, odp, ods) viewer and can open odt, fodt, ott, odp, fodp, otp, ods, fods, ots, doc, docx, xls, xlsx, ppt, pptx supported files. &lt;br /&gt;
#Sharing files: Select any file -&amp;gt; Right Click  and click  Share . Or Open your file, go to right corner and click on SHARE. Here you can share your uploaded folder or files with others by using their Gmail ids.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose access permission. Examples : If you want to give access to edit , select “can edit” option. same like you can select other options like &amp;quot;comment&amp;quot; and only &amp;quot;view&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the files and formats====&lt;br /&gt;
When you start working on Google Drive documents, it will save automatically with given file name. Or else it will save as &amp;quot;Untitled&amp;quot; file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
# You can create simple drawings on &amp;quot;Google Drawing Page&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can allow others to access your documents (&amp;#039;sharing&amp;#039; documents with them) and give their comments and feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
All the documents like photos , important files and text resources can be save in drive. You can use share these resources with your peers to view, edit and comment to make it more effective. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
Google Drive [http://www.coosbaylibrary.org/sites/default/files/GoogleDriveHandout.pdf Tutorial] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.google.com/drive/ Google Drive page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Kalzium&amp;diff=8056</id>
		<title>Learn Kalzium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Kalzium&amp;diff=8056"/>
		<updated>2017-08-04T11:30:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%B2%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%9C%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%82_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Kalzium (German for: Calcium) is a periodic table of the elements for KDE Software Compilation 4. KDE is an international free software community.&lt;br /&gt;
This software contains information about 103 chemical elements, including mass, charge, picture, discovery information, chemical and energy data, and a model of the atom. The table itself can be configured to display numeration, state of matter, and colour-coding in various ways. Additionally, a date index is available, allowing only elements discovered up to a defined year to be shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==ICT Competency==&lt;br /&gt;
#Kalzium is a tool for Subject Specific Resource creation.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Kalzium 1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
Kalzium is an application which allows an exploration of elements and properties, their classification and is based on the Periodic Table of Elements.  It is possible to group and visualize elements based on various physical and chemical properties.  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Kalzium provides a fascinating way to explore the periodic table. Using the left-hand panel, users have access to the time line, boiling point, and melting point sliders. When users move these sliders, the elements on the periodic table change colour according to their dates of discovery, boiling points, or melting points respectively. Users can then start to see patterns emerging in the periodic table right in front of their eyes.&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
Language settings can be selected from the Help menu&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
This is an interactive tool to understand the properties of elements, formation of molecules and performing different calculations for determining various properties. &lt;br /&gt;
Some important features include:&lt;br /&gt;
#Interactive periodic table with a time line for elements&lt;br /&gt;
#Molecule editor&lt;br /&gt;
#Equation balancer and calculators&lt;br /&gt;
#Data plots for properties&lt;br /&gt;
#Various views and ready reference for Chemistry nomenclature&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
#Periodic Table of Elements icon- A Periodic Table of Elements that contains more than 25 scientific truths about each element including density, state, atomic radius, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
#Gnome Chemistry Utils-include six chemistry related programs:&lt;br /&gt;
##GChemPaint, a 2D chemical formula editor.&lt;br /&gt;
##a chemical calculator (computes raw formule, molar weight, mass composition and isotopic pattern).&lt;br /&gt;
##a molecule 3d viewer using OpenGL to display molecular models.&lt;br /&gt;
##a crystal structure editor and viewer.&lt;br /&gt;
##a periodic table of the elements.&lt;br /&gt;
##a spectrum viewer&lt;br /&gt;
#Periodic Table Classic-The application contains all the elements of the Periodic Table along with images of the elements in their natural state, as well as lots of other information and interactive displays.&lt;br /&gt;
==Developer and Community Help==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 60%;&amp;quot; |[[File:Kalzium3.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 40%;&amp;quot; |This tool is developed by KDE and supports the continuous development of the application.&lt;br /&gt;
KDE is a world-wide network of software engineers, artists, writers, translators and facilitators who are committed to Free Software development. This community has created hundreds of Free Software applications as part of the KDE Development Platform and KDE Software Distribution.  Visit http://www.kde.org/ for more information about the KDE community and the software we produce.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
To Open from the desktop menu select Applications &amp;gt; Education &amp;gt; Kalzium &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(this will be a step up step description of a basic overview of how to use the different functionalities)&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 60%;&amp;quot; |Image&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 40%;&amp;quot; |Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 60%;&amp;quot; |[[File:kalzium 4.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 60%;&amp;quot; |[[File:kalzium 5.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 40%;&amp;quot; |When you move the mouse cursor on an element of the table, an overview of the current element is displayed in the Overview tab of the information panel. &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 40%;&amp;quot; |This panel gives an overview of the data elements of given elements.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 60%;&amp;quot; |[[File:kalzium 6.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 60%;&amp;quot; |[[File:kalzium 7.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 40%;&amp;quot; | The Atom Model page displays the atomic shells. Every orbit stands for a atomic shell and every yellow circle represents an electron.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 40%;&amp;quot; | The Isotopes page presents information about the isotopes of an element with information on mass, number of neutrons, percentage of isotope (abundance), half life period, energy and mode of decay, spin and parity and magnetic moment.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 60%;&amp;quot; |[[File:kalzium 8.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 40%;&amp;quot; | The Spectrum page shows you elements spectrum. You can choose the range of the wavelengths, units and type of the spectrum. The intensity table can be seen at the right bottom part of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
This tool does not create outputs other than screenshots of simulations and graphs.&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Screenshots can be taken through system tools and saved under respective folders&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
Molecular Editor and Kalzium calculators are advanced used of the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
==From Software center==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Go to Ubuntu Software Centre  and search and download. This is part of the custom distribution 16.04, Kalpavriksha.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Installing kalzium package on Ubuntu by running the following command on terminal:&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo apt-get update&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo apt-get install kalzium&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || -&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Similar applications are available on Android from F-droid: [https://f-droid.org/repo/com.frozendevs.periodictable_5.apk Periodic table], [https://f-droid.org/repo/com.ultramegatech.ey_28.apk Elementary]&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Kalzium is an interactive tool for exploring properties of elements and for learning more about compounds and properties. This does not produce an output by itself (like a video, etc)&lt;br /&gt;
It can be combined to create resources in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
#Screen shots can be integrated with text to make slide shows, quizzes, etc&lt;br /&gt;
#AV communication by combining with video clips&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KWordquiz&amp;diff=8055</id>
		<title>Learn KWordquiz</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KWordquiz&amp;diff=8055"/>
		<updated>2017-08-04T09:09:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%86-%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%A1%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%9C%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
==ICT Competency==&lt;br /&gt;
K WordQuiz  is a tool for Subject ( Languages and Social Science) Specific Resource creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
KwordQuiz  is a powerful flashcard and vocabulary learning program . KWordQuiz 		is a computer program designed to teach new vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is a general purpose flashcard program, typically used for vocabulary 		training&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Platform Version 4.13.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements. Language settings can be selected from the Help menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
* Easy to use &lt;br /&gt;
* Five different practice modes &lt;br /&gt;
* Flashcards and Quiz types &lt;br /&gt;
* Several Vocabulary documents formats supported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
In KDE 4 KWordQuiz is replacement for KVocTrain from KDE 3. It also supports Windows, Mac OS X and iPad under the name WordQuiz. KDE includes a program with similar purpose named Parley.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Developer(s) 	Peter – Hedlund,  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Website 	http://edu.kde.org/kwordquiz/&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Repository 	quickgit.kde.org?p=kwordquiz.git&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Program copyright 2003-2008 Peter B. Hedlund (peter.hedlund kdemail.net) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Documentation copyright 2003-2008 Peter B. Hedlund (peter.hedlund kdemail.net) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is licensed under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This program is licensed under the terms of the GNU General Public License.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
(this will be a step up step description of a basic overview of how to use the different functionalities) &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_1_Main_Window.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_2_Editor_option.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - Open this tool by clicking on -Application-Education-KwordQuiz. We will see the page as this image. In this page there will be many options on left side. Those are :-  Editor,Flashcard, Multipal Choice,Question and answer . &lt;br /&gt;
In the column list we should use Column  1 for questions and Column 2 for answers. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - EDITOR&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Editor to create your own vocabulary. &lt;br /&gt;
In column 1 we can add questions and in column 2 to we add Answers. &lt;br /&gt;
See this image for example. Here we try to create a vocabulary for states and capital cities. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_3_Add_Titles_For_Columns.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_4_Flashcard_option.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - &lt;br /&gt;
Add Titles for Vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
In the menu bar, click on Vocabulary and  column settings. &lt;br /&gt;
Then we can edit column 1 heading and column 2 heading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click OK to save the changes.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - Select Flashcard from the navigation panel to start a flashcard session on the entries of the active vocabulary document. The mode selected in the Mode menu will be used. If you change mode during a session, the session will be restarted.By selecting Settings → Configure KWordQuiz... you can configure the appearance of the flashcards. &lt;br /&gt;
Initially the front of the card is displayed. Use Quiz → Check to see the other side. &lt;br /&gt;
The score sections at the bottom of the screen shows the number of cards, the number of cards you have seen, the number of cards counted as correct, and the number counted as incorrect. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_5_Multiple_Choice_option.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_6_Question_and_Answers_option.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - Multiple Choice&lt;br /&gt;
Select Multiple Choice from the navigation panel to start a multiple choice quiz on the entries in the active vocabulary document.&lt;br /&gt;
Your choices are shown on the top left. Select the one you think is correct. Use Quiz → Check to see if the answer is correct. If you have activated the automatic mode in Settings → Configure KWordQuiz... your selection is checked immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - Question and Answers&lt;br /&gt;
To continue the quiz activities, we can use this question and answer option. &lt;br /&gt;
Click on Question and Answer option in the left side on the page. &lt;br /&gt;
Your question is shown on the top left. Type your answer in the edit field. Use Quiz → Check or Enter to see if the answer is correct. &lt;br /&gt;
The answer you gave is also displayed. If you answered incorrectly the correct answer is shown. &lt;br /&gt;
Select Quiz → Hint to get the next correct letter of the answer. In Settings → Configure KWordQuiz... you can select that questions where you use the hint function are always counted as incorrect. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KwordQuiz in Local Language.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can use KwordQuiz in your local language. Change your typing language from your desktop top panel &amp;quot;EN&amp;quot; and choose your language. You can directly type in your selected language&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
This tool does not create outputs, We can use this tool directly for language activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
SAVE&lt;br /&gt;
Once we completed our edition, click on FILE – SAVE. It will ask us to locate the folder and it will save on kvtml format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is a general purpose flash card program. It can be used for vocabulary learning and many other subjects. &lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is the KDE version of the Windows program WordQuiz. If you have just 		switched to KDE/Linux you can use all files created in WordQuiz with KWordQuiz. 		Additional information about KWordQuiz is available at the author&amp;#039;s own website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Application-Ubuntu Software Center- KwordQuiz  and the type KwordQuiz on search bar and then click in install. It will come under Application-Education.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Use this command to install KwordQuiz from terminal &lt;br /&gt;
sudo apt-get install kwordquiz&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - click this link to install KwordQuiz from website- &lt;br /&gt;
https://www.howtoinstall.co/en/ubuntu/trusty/kwordquiz &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
This is not yet available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is a computer program designed to teach new vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is a general purpose flashcard program, typically used for vocabulary training.&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz can open vocabulary data in various formats, including the kvtml format used 	by KDE programs such as Parley, the WQL format used by WordQuiz for Windows, the 	xml.gz format used by Pauker, and CSV text.&lt;br /&gt;
This package is part of the KDE education module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
https://docs.kde.org/trunk5/en/kdeedu/kwordquiz/index.html &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KWordQuiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KWordquiz&amp;diff=8054</id>
		<title>Learn KWordquiz</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KWordquiz&amp;diff=8054"/>
		<updated>2017-08-04T09:08:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%86-%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%A1%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%9C%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
==ICT Competency==&lt;br /&gt;
K WordQuiz  is a tool for Subject ( Languages and Social Science) Specific Resource creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
KwordQuiz  is a powerful flashcard and vocabulary learning program . KWordQuiz 		is a computer program designed to teach new vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is a general purpose flashcard program, typically used for vocabulary 		training&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Platform Version 4.13.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements. Language settings can be selected from the Help menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
* Easy to use &lt;br /&gt;
* Five different practice modes &lt;br /&gt;
* Flashcards and Quiz types &lt;br /&gt;
* Several Vocabulary documents formats supported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
In KDE 4 KWordQuiz is replacement for KVocTrain from KDE 3. It also supports Windows, Mac OS X and iPad under the name WordQuiz. KDE includes a program with similar purpose named Parley.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Developer(s) 	Peter – Hedlund,  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Website 	http://edu.kde.org/kwordquiz/&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Repository 	quickgit.kde.org?p=kwordquiz.git&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Program copyright 2003-2008 Peter B. Hedlund (peter.hedlund kdemail.net) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Documentation copyright 2003-2008 Peter B. Hedlund (peter.hedlund kdemail.net) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is licensed under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This program is licensed under the terms of the GNU General Public License.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
(this will be a step up step description of a basic overview of how to use the different functionalities) &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_1_Main_Window.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_2_Editor_option.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - Open this tool by clicking on -Application-Education-KwordQuiz. We will see the page as this image. In this page there will be many options on left side. Those are :-  Editor,Flashcard, Multipal Choice,Question and answer . &lt;br /&gt;
In the column list we should use Column  1 for questions and Column 2 for answers. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - EDITOR&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Editor to create your own vocabulary. &lt;br /&gt;
In column 1 we can add questions and in column 2 to we add Answers. &lt;br /&gt;
See this image for example. Here we try to create a vocabulary for states and capital cities. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_3_Add_Titles_For_Columns.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_4_Flashcard_option.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - &lt;br /&gt;
Add Titles for Vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
In the menu bar, click on Vocabulary and  column settings. &lt;br /&gt;
Then we can edit column 1 heading and column 2 heading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click OK to save the changes.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - Select Flashcard from the navigation panel to start a flashcard session on the entries of the active vocabulary document. The mode selected in the Mode menu will be used. If you change mode during a session, the session will be restarted.By selecting Settings → Configure KWordQuiz... you can configure the appearance of the flashcards. &lt;br /&gt;
Initially the front of the card is displayed. Use Quiz → Check to see the other side. &lt;br /&gt;
The score sections at the bottom of the screen shows the number of cards, the number of cards you have seen, the number of cards counted as correct, and the number counted as incorrect. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_5_Multiple_Choice_option.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_6_Question_and_Answers_option.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - Multiple Choice&lt;br /&gt;
Select Multiple Choice from the navigation panel to start a multiple choice quiz on the entries in the active vocabulary document.&lt;br /&gt;
Your choices are shown on the top left. Select the one you think is correct. Use Quiz → Check to see if the answer is correct. If you have activated the automatic mode in Settings → Configure KWordQuiz... your selection is checked immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - Question and Answers&lt;br /&gt;
To continue the quiz activities, we can use this question and answer option. &lt;br /&gt;
Click on Question and Answer option in the left side on the page. &lt;br /&gt;
Your question is shown on the top left. Type your answer in the edit field. Use Quiz → Check or Enter to see if the answer is correct. &lt;br /&gt;
The answer you gave is also displayed. If you answered incorrectly the correct answer is shown. &lt;br /&gt;
Select Quiz → Hint to get the next correct letter of the answer. In Settings → Configure KWordQuiz... you can select that questions where you use the hint function are always counted as incorrect. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KwordQuiz in Local Language.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can use KwordQuiz in your local language. Change your typing language from your desktop top panel &amp;quot;EN&amp;quot; and choose your language. You can directly type in your selected language&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
This tool does not create outputs, We can use this tool directly for language activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
SAVE&lt;br /&gt;
Once we completed our edition, click on FILE – SAVE. It will ask us to locate the folder and it will save on kvtml format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is a general purpose flash card program. It can be used for vocabulary learning and many other subjects. &lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is the KDE version of the Windows program WordQuiz. If you have just 		switched to KDE/Linux you can use all files created in WordQuiz with KWordQuiz. 		Additional information about KWordQuiz is available at the author&amp;#039;s own website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Application-Ubuntu Software Center- KwordQuiz  and the type KwordQuiz on search bar and then click in install. It will come under Application-Education.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Use this command to install KwordQuiz from terminal &lt;br /&gt;
sudo apt-get install kwordquiz&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - click this link to install KwordQuiz from website- &lt;br /&gt;
https://www.howtoinstall.co/en/ubuntu/trusty/kwordquiz &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
This is not yet available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is a computer program designed to teach new vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is a general purpose flashcard program, typically used for vocabulary training.&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz can open vocabulary data in various formats, including the kvtml format used 	by KDE programs such as Parley, the WQL format used by WordQuiz for Windows, the 	xml.gz format used by Pauker, and CSV text.&lt;br /&gt;
This package is part of the KDE education module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
https://docs.kde.org/trunk5/en/kdeedu/kwordquiz/index.html &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KWordQuiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KWordquiz&amp;diff=8053</id>
		<title>Learn KWordquiz</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KWordquiz&amp;diff=8053"/>
		<updated>2017-08-04T09:02:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
==ICT Competency==&lt;br /&gt;
K WordQuiz  is a tool for Subject ( Languages and Social Science) Specific Resource creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
KwordQuiz  is a powerful flashcard and vocabulary learning program . KWordQuiz 		is a computer program designed to teach new vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is a general purpose flashcard program, typically used for vocabulary 		training&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Platform Version 4.13.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements. Language settings can be selected from the Help menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
* Easy to use &lt;br /&gt;
* Five different practice modes &lt;br /&gt;
* Flashcards and Quiz types &lt;br /&gt;
* Several Vocabulary documents formats supported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
In KDE 4 KWordQuiz is replacement for KVocTrain from KDE 3. It also supports Windows, Mac OS X and iPad under the name WordQuiz. KDE includes a program with similar purpose named Parley.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Developer(s) 	Peter – Hedlund,  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Website 	http://edu.kde.org/kwordquiz/&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Repository 	quickgit.kde.org?p=kwordquiz.git&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Program copyright 2003-2008 Peter B. Hedlund (peter.hedlund kdemail.net) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Documentation copyright 2003-2008 Peter B. Hedlund (peter.hedlund kdemail.net) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is licensed under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This program is licensed under the terms of the GNU General Public License.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
(this will be a step up step description of a basic overview of how to use the different functionalities) &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_1_Main_Window.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_2_Editor_option.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - Open this tool by clicking on -Application-Education-KwordQuiz. We will see the page as this image. In this page there will be many options on left side. Those are :-  Editor,Flashcard, Multipal Choice,Question and answer . &lt;br /&gt;
In the column list we should use Column  1 for questions and Column 2 for answers. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - EDITOR&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Editor to create your own vocabulary. &lt;br /&gt;
In column 1 we can add questions and in column 2 to we add Answers. &lt;br /&gt;
See this image for example. Here we try to create a vocabulary for states and capital cities. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_3_Add_Titles_For_Columns.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_4_Flashcard_option.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - &lt;br /&gt;
Add Titles for Vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
In the menu bar, click on Vocabulary and  column settings. &lt;br /&gt;
Then we can edit column 1 heading and column 2 heading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click OK to save the changes.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - Select Flashcard from the navigation panel to start a flashcard session on the entries of the active vocabulary document. The mode selected in the Mode menu will be used. If you change mode during a session, the session will be restarted.By selecting Settings → Configure KWordQuiz... you can configure the appearance of the flashcards. &lt;br /&gt;
Initially the front of the card is displayed. Use Quiz → Check to see the other side. &lt;br /&gt;
The score sections at the bottom of the screen shows the number of cards, the number of cards you have seen, the number of cards counted as correct, and the number counted as incorrect. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_5_Multiple_Choice_option.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_6_Question_and_Answers_option.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - Multiple Choice&lt;br /&gt;
Select Multiple Choice from the navigation panel to start a multiple choice quiz on the entries in the active vocabulary document.&lt;br /&gt;
Your choices are shown on the top left. Select the one you think is correct. Use Quiz → Check to see if the answer is correct. If you have activated the automatic mode in Settings → Configure KWordQuiz... your selection is checked immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - Question and Answers&lt;br /&gt;
To continue the quiz activities, we can use this question and answer option. &lt;br /&gt;
Click on Question and Answer option in the left side on the page. &lt;br /&gt;
Your question is shown on the top left. Type your answer in the edit field. Use Quiz → Check or Enter to see if the answer is correct. &lt;br /&gt;
The answer you gave is also displayed. If you answered incorrectly the correct answer is shown. &lt;br /&gt;
Select Quiz → Hint to get the next correct letter of the answer. In Settings → Configure KWordQuiz... you can select that questions where you use the hint function are always counted as incorrect. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KwordQuiz in Local Language.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can use KwordQuiz in your local language. Change your typing language from your desktop top panel &amp;quot;EN&amp;quot; and choose your language. You can directly type in your selected language&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
This tool does not create outputs, We can use this tool directly for language activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
SAVE&lt;br /&gt;
Once we completed our edition, click on FILE – SAVE. It will ask us to locate the folder and it will save on kvtml format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is a general purpose flash card program. It can be used for vocabulary learning and many other subjects. &lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is the KDE version of the Windows program WordQuiz. If you have just 		switched to KDE/Linux you can use all files created in WordQuiz with KWordQuiz. 		Additional information about KWordQuiz is available at the author&amp;#039;s own website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Application-Ubuntu Software Center- KwordQuiz  and the type KwordQuiz on search bar and then click in install. It will come under Application-Education.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Use this command to install KwordQuiz from terminal &lt;br /&gt;
sudo apt-get install kwordquiz&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - click this link to install KwordQuiz from website- &lt;br /&gt;
https://www.howtoinstall.co/en/ubuntu/trusty/kwordquiz &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
This is not yet available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is a computer program designed to teach new vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is a general purpose flashcard program, typically used for vocabulary training.&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz can open vocabulary data in various formats, including the kvtml format used 	by KDE programs such as Parley, the WQL format used by WordQuiz for Windows, the 	xml.gz format used by Pauker, and CSV text.&lt;br /&gt;
This package is part of the KDE education module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
https://docs.kde.org/trunk5/en/kdeedu/kwordquiz/index.html &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KWordQuiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KWordquiz&amp;diff=8052</id>
		<title>Learn KWordquiz</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KWordquiz&amp;diff=8052"/>
		<updated>2017-08-04T08:59:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%9C%E0%B2%BF-%E0%B2%AE%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%B2%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
==ICT Competency==&lt;br /&gt;
K WordQuiz  is a tool for Subject ( Languages and Social Science) Specific Resource creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
KwordQuiz  is a powerful flashcard and vocabulary learning program . KWordQuiz 		is a computer program designed to teach new vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is a general purpose flashcard program, typically used for vocabulary 		training&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Platform Version 4.13.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements. Language settings can be selected from the Help menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
* Easy to use &lt;br /&gt;
* Five different practice modes &lt;br /&gt;
* Flashcards and Quiz types &lt;br /&gt;
* Several Vocabulary documents formats supported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
In KDE 4 KWordQuiz is replacement for KVocTrain from KDE 3. It also supports Windows, Mac OS X and iPad under the name WordQuiz. KDE includes a program with similar purpose named Parley.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Developer(s) 	Peter – Hedlund,  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Website 	http://edu.kde.org/kwordquiz/&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Repository 	quickgit.kde.org?p=kwordquiz.git&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Program copyright 2003-2008 Peter B. Hedlund (peter.hedlund kdemail.net) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Documentation copyright 2003-2008 Peter B. Hedlund (peter.hedlund kdemail.net) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is licensed under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This program is licensed under the terms of the GNU General Public License.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
(this will be a step up step description of a basic overview of how to use the different functionalities) &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_1_Main_Window.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_2_Editor_option.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - Open this tool by clicking on -Application-Education-KwordQuiz. We will see the page as this image. In this page there will be many options on left side. Those are :-  Editor,Flashcard, Multipal Choice,Question and answer . &lt;br /&gt;
In the column list we should use Column  1 for questions and Column 2 for answers. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - EDITOR&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Editor to create your own vocabulary. &lt;br /&gt;
In column 1 we can add questions and in column 2 to we add Answers. &lt;br /&gt;
See this image for example. Here we try to create a vocabulary for states and capital cities. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_3_Add_Titles_For_Columns.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_4_Flashcard_option.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - &lt;br /&gt;
Add Titles for Vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
In the menu bar, click on Vocabulary and  column settings. &lt;br /&gt;
Then we can edit column 1 heading and column 2 heading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click OK to save the changes.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - Select Flashcard from the navigation panel to start a flashcard session on the entries of the active vocabulary document. The mode selected in the Mode menu will be used. If you change mode during a session, the session will be restarted.By selecting Settings → Configure KWordQuiz... you can configure the appearance of the flashcards. &lt;br /&gt;
Initially the front of the card is displayed. Use Quiz → Check to see the other side. &lt;br /&gt;
The score sections at the bottom of the screen shows the number of cards, the number of cards you have seen, the number of cards counted as correct, and the number counted as incorrect. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_5_Multiple_Choice_option.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KWordQuiz_6_Question_and_Answers_option.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - Multiple Choice&lt;br /&gt;
Select Multiple Choice from the navigation panel to start a multiple choice quiz on the entries in the active vocabulary document.&lt;br /&gt;
Your choices are shown on the top left. Select the one you think is correct. Use Quiz → Check to see if the answer is correct. If you have activated the automatic mode in Settings → Configure KWordQuiz... your selection is checked immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - Question and Answers&lt;br /&gt;
To continue the quiz activities, we can use this question and answer option. &lt;br /&gt;
Click on Question and Answer option in the left side on the page. &lt;br /&gt;
Your question is shown on the top left. Type your answer in the edit field. Use Quiz → Check or Enter to see if the answer is correct. &lt;br /&gt;
The answer you gave is also displayed. If you answered incorrectly the correct answer is shown. &lt;br /&gt;
Select Quiz → Hint to get the next correct letter of the answer. In Settings → Configure KWordQuiz... you can select that questions where you use the hint function are always counted as incorrect. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:KwordQuiz in Local Language.png|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can use KwordQuiz in your local language. Change your typing language from your desktop top panel &amp;quot;EN&amp;quot; and choose your language. You can directly type in your selected language&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
This tool does not create outputs, We can use this tool directly for language activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
SAVE&lt;br /&gt;
Once we completed our edition, click on FILE – SAVE. It will ask us to locate the folder and it will save on kvtml format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is a general purpose flash card program. It can be used for vocabulary learning and many other subjects. &lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is the KDE version of the Windows program WordQuiz. If you have just 		switched to KDE/Linux you can use all files created in WordQuiz with KWordQuiz. 		Additional information about KWordQuiz is available at the author&amp;#039;s own website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Application-Ubuntu Software Center- KwordQuiz  and the type KwordQuiz on search bar and then click in install. It will come under Application-Education.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Use this command to install KwordQuiz from terminal &lt;br /&gt;
sudo apt-get install kwordquiz&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - click this link to install KwordQuiz from website- &lt;br /&gt;
https://www.howtoinstall.co/en/ubuntu/trusty/kwordquiz &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
This is not yet available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is a computer program designed to teach new vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz is a general purpose flashcard program, typically used for vocabulary training.&lt;br /&gt;
KWordQuiz can open vocabulary data in various formats, including the kvtml format used 	by KDE programs such as Parley, the WQL format used by WordQuiz for Windows, the 	xml.gz format used by Pauker, and CSV text.&lt;br /&gt;
This package is part of the KDE education module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
https://docs.kde.org/trunk5/en/kdeedu/kwordquiz/index.html &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KWordQuiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KLetters&amp;diff=8051</id>
		<title>Learn KLetters</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KLetters&amp;diff=8051"/>
		<updated>2017-08-04T08:01:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%86-%E0%B2%B2%E0%B3%86%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
KLettres aims to help to learn the alphabet and then to read some syllables in different languages.&lt;br /&gt;
It is meant to help learning the very first sounds of a new language, for children or for adults.&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
Kletters helps a very young child or an adult learning a new language by associating sounds and &lt;br /&gt;
letters in this language&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Version 2.3 - Using KDE Development Platform 4.13.3 &lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
To work on this application, we can configure local language quizs and questions. &lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
Features&lt;br /&gt;
KLettres has four levels which can be changed via a Levels drop down box or the Level menu: &lt;br /&gt;
Level 1: the letter is displayed and the user hears it. &lt;br /&gt;
Level 2: the letter is not displayed, the user only hears it. &lt;br /&gt;
Level 3: the syllable is displayed and the user hears it. &lt;br /&gt;
Level 4: the syllable is not displayed, the user only hears it. &lt;br /&gt;
You can also choose the mode (kid or grown-up) via the colored buttons on the toolbar and KLettres will keep your settings and restore them the next time you play.&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Wordament&lt;br /&gt;
Wordament is a unique kind of word game—a word tournament—where you are competing with the whole internet to be the best word searcher in every game. Every player is competing on the same board, in real time, to get the highest score. Will you be the Wordament champion?&lt;br /&gt;
Word Drop&lt;br /&gt;
A word game like Boggle or Wordament but with a TWIST! The letters keep dropping! Play against a time limit, survive the flood or play classic mode. Local multiplayer, online leaderboards, languages English, German, French, Dutch and Russian supported&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Lettres helps a very young child or an adult learning &lt;br /&gt;
a new language by associating sounds and &lt;br /&gt;
letters in this language. 25 languages are available.&lt;br /&gt;
(C) 2001-2011 Anne-Marie Mahfouf&lt;br /&gt;
http://edu.kde.org/klettres&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
====Practising KLetters====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Practising KLetters&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:KLetters_1_Main_Window.png|KLetters Main Window&lt;br /&gt;
File:KLetters_2_Add_Language.png|Add Languages&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#KLetters will appear under Applications &amp;gt; Education &amp;gt; KLetters. &lt;br /&gt;
#Add New language, File &amp;gt; get new alphabets in new language. here one dialog box will appear Than go to search box and type your specific language.&lt;br /&gt;
Currently the local language functionality is working only with Level 1 its not working with Level 2,3&amp;amp; 4 for complex words (like joint words or ottakshara).This issue may get solved in future upgrades of KLetters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Different Theme  in KLetters====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Change Theme&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Desert interface in KLetters.png|Desert theme&lt;br /&gt;
File:Kid interface in KLetters.png|Kid theme&lt;br /&gt;
File:Savanna Interface in Kletters.png|Savanna Theme&lt;br /&gt;
File:Acqua interface in KLetters.png|Acqua theme&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Change Theme,look&amp;gt; Themes &amp;gt; select the theme like Kid, desert, savannah, Acqua.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Different Levels in KLetters====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;150px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Change Level&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:KLetters level 1.png|Level 1&lt;br /&gt;
File:KLetters Level 2.png|Level 2&lt;br /&gt;
File:KLetters Level 3.png|Level 3&lt;br /&gt;
File:KLetter Level 4.png|Level 4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Level and KLettres has four levels which can be changed via a Levels drop down box or the Level menu: &lt;br /&gt;
#Level 1: the letter is displayed and the user hears it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Level 2: the letter is not displayed, the user only hears it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Level 3: the syllable is displayed and the user hears it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Level 4: the syllable is not displayed, the user only hears it. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable &lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable &lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable &lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently 25 languages are available: Arabic, Czech, Brazilian Portuguese, Danish, Dutch, British English, English, English Phonix, French, German, Hebrew, Hungarian, Italian, Kannada, Hebrew, Hindi Romanized, Low Saxon, Luganda, Malayalam, Norwegian Bokmål, Punjabi, Spanish, Slovak, Ukrainian and Telugu, you can choose them using the Languages menu.&lt;br /&gt;
A toolbar with the special characters per language is provided if you don&amp;#039;t have the correct country keyboard or the keyboard layout to be able to display correctly the accented letters. &lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Search &amp;quot;KLetters&amp;quot; in searchbar and then click Insatll&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || sudo apt-get update&lt;br /&gt;
sudo apt-get install klettres&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
In android mobiles go to google play store and there we can get huge number of letter games similar to this app. &lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
We can use this app for slow learners and beginners of language learning  &lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edu.kde.org/klettres/ K Letters]&lt;br /&gt;
[http://sodilinux.itd.cnr.it/sdl6x3/documentazione/klettres/klettres.pdf Kletters Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KGeography&amp;diff=8050</id>
		<title>Learn KGeography</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_KGeography&amp;diff=8050"/>
		<updated>2017-08-04T07:57:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%86-%E0%B2%9C%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B3%8B%E0%B2%97%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%AB%E0%B2%BF_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
KGeography is a Free and open source educational software game that supports learning in political geography. It is part of the Kde educational project (like other &amp;#039;K&amp;#039; applications like Kanagram)&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|KGeography is a Free and open source educational software for subject  resource creation. (political geography)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Atlas is an essential resource for a Geography teacher. An atlas is required to learn political geography as well as physical geography. KGeography is a digital atlas that provides maps of continents, countries and states (political geography). Simple quizzes are available in KGeography to test understanding / memory of different regions.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Version 0.9&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|No specific configuration requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://marble.kde.org/ Marble]&lt;br /&gt;
*Non free digital atlas includes:  [https://www.google.com/earth Google Earth] and   [http://bhuvan.nrsc.gov.in/bhuvan_links.php Bhuvan] (ISRO).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|KGeography is not available on mobiles and tablets. There are Apps available on the Android, for physical and political geography of the Earth . For example, Google Earth and Globe Master apps.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.kde.org/stable5/en/kdeedu/kgeography/index.html User manual for KGeography]   &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.kde.org/stable5/en/kdeedu/kgeography/index.html User Based Support] &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.kde.org/stable5/en/kdeedu/kgeography/index.html Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of Features====&lt;br /&gt;
#KGeography is an virtual atlas, it has many digital maps of different political regions in the Earth, such as continents, countries, states.&lt;br /&gt;
#As a digital atlas, KGeography allows zoom in and out on a map. You can click the Zoom button and then draw a rectangle to zoom in a part of the map. While in zoom mode, you can press right mouse button to go back to the original map size (the Original Size action has the same effect). You can use the scroll bars, the arrow keys or the mouse wheel to move around the zoomed map or use the Move action that will allow you to drag the map using left mouse button. The Automatic Zoom feature will make the map as big as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Installation====&lt;br /&gt;
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;KGeography&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; on top search bar in Software Centre.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
##Open terminal by clicking Applications-&amp;gt;System Tools-&amp;gt;Terminal or through Keyboard shortcut &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Ctrl+Alt+T&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##In the terminal window, type below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:&lt;br /&gt;
##&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;sudo apt-get install kgeography&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Navigating KGeography  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Navigating KGeography&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:KGeography-Africa_Map.png|KGeography Map&lt;br /&gt;
File:KGeography 1 Map of undivided Andhra Pradesh.png|Andtapradesh Map&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#KGeography can be opened from Applications  → Education  → KGeography.When you open KGeography, you will see the last map that was opened. The map above is the map of Africa continent.&lt;br /&gt;
#To explore places, Click on &amp;quot;Open Map&amp;quot;. Here we opened Andhra Pradesh map. You can use the Filter Maps text field, to quickly get your desired map. Just enter a few first letters of the map name to narrow down the list to a few matches. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You will see an old / obsolete map of undivided Andhra Pradesh. (Since KGeography is a free software, the partition of Andhra Pradesh, as well as the creation of new districts in Telangana can be submitted by anybody and the software community managing this application will make the change, following a due process. This is not yet completed)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Quizzes in KGeography ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Quizzes in KGeography&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:option kegeography.png|Types of Quizzes&lt;br /&gt;
File:Quiz Questions in Kgeography.png|Set No of Questions&lt;br /&gt;
File:KGeography 2 Placing districts on the map.png|Placing Districts&lt;br /&gt;
File:Correct Answer in Kgeography.png|Quiz Result with correct and wrong answers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#You can then choose what type of learning or quizzing you want to do by looking at the menu on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
#KGeography has a set of quiz questions, to test your knowledge of places. In the image, the ‘Place district in the map’ quiz is chosen. You need to place the district map within the state map. you will first asked how many questions you want. Then you will asked to click on a specific districts. &lt;br /&gt;
#The cursor takes the shape of a districts and you have to place it in the map. Then you will asked to click on a specific districts. The cursor takes the shape of a districts and you have to place it in the map. &lt;br /&gt;
#The results will display when the test is finished. You an see your correct and wrong answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Saving the files and formats ====&lt;br /&gt;
KGeography does not have its own file format, which you can create, edit, save and export . However you can create image files of the maps you are working on, by using the [[Learn Screenshot|Screenshot]] application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the quiz’s in KGeography as a resource for testing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KGeography Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Geography]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Ubuntu&amp;diff=8049</id>
		<title>Learn Ubuntu</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Ubuntu&amp;diff=8049"/>
		<updated>2017-08-04T07:51:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%89%E0%B2%AC%E0%B3%81%E0%B2%82%E0%B2%9F%E0%B3%81_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Operating system is also called system software as it works with the hardware. Every computer must have an operating system to run other computer programmes. Even your mobile phone will have an operating system. Operating systems start automatically when you turn on the computer, this process is termed booting. All the other computer programmes like programmes to paint, type, listen to music, learn maths etc., are called application software or &amp;#039;Apps&amp;#039; which work with the system software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ubuntu is a ‘[[wikipedia:Free_and_open-source_software|Free and Open Source Software]]’ (called FOSS in short) operating system. You may be familiar with Microsoft Windows operating system or used an application called Adobe Reader.  Windows or Adobe Photoshop are ‘[[wikipedia:Proprietary|proprietary]]’ , meaning they cannot be copied or shared or modified by us; FOSS applications are licensed under the ‘General Public License’ which allows all of us to share the software freely, we can also modify the software as per our needs.&lt;br /&gt;
Hence it is important to use FOSS in our schools. Teachers must learn and teach FOSS and avoid use of proprietary software, since it is not possible for all to access and use proprietary software, and not possible for anyone (other than the vendor) to study or improve the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since all the software like [[wikipedia:Productivity_software#Office_suite|Office suite]], [[wikipedia:Web_browser|web browser]], educational software can be bundled with Ubuntu GNU/Linux operating system, all these applications can be installed on the computer at one time. On proprietary software Windows, each software has to be separately installed, which can make it cumbersome and time consuming.&lt;br /&gt;
Operating systems use a program called the [[wikipedia:Graphical_user_interface|Graphical User Interface]] (GUI, which is pronounced as goo-ee), to access other computer with a [[wikipedia:Pointing_device|mouse]].  The popular operating systems are [[wikipedia:Microsoft_Windows|Microsoft Windows]], [[wikipedia:Linux|GNU/Linux]] and [[wikipedia:MacOS|Mac OSx]]. In this section, you will learn about the functions of an operating system, using an example of [[Learn Ubuntu|Ubuntu]] GNU/Linux operating system. With this learning, you can also operate a computer with Windows of Mac operating systems. Remember that we are focusing on learning the processes of any software application, so that we can, with that learning, use similar other applications.&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Ubuntu GNU/Linux is an operating system for the computer. The operating system is the foundation, which supports the interface between the user and other software applications. Hence learning Ubuntu constitutes basic digital literacy. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|There are a large number of freely shareable educational tools on Ubuntu pertaining to mathematics, science, social sciences, languages etc which can be used in all schools. There are a large number of additional freely shareable tools on GNU/Linux, such as [[wikipedia:Intelligent_Input_Bus|IBUS]] which support word processing in more than 50 languages, including all languages used in Telangana such as Telugu,  Urdu, Kannada, Tamil, Marathi, Hindi etc. The [[wikipedia:Orca_(disambiguation)|ORCA]] screen reader can be used by the visually handicapped for reading content on the computer screen. [[wikipedia:Scribus|Scribus]] can be used for for desktop publishing. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
Once in six months, [[wikipedia:Canonical_(company)|Canonical]] releases a new version of the Ubuntu. The first Ubuntu release was in April 2004. The recently released version of Ubuntu is 16.10 (as December 2016), but Ubuntu 16.04 is the latest [https://wiki.ubuntu.com/LTS LTS] (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;L&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ong &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;T&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;erm &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;S&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;upport) version, which you will use.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|To install and use Ubuntu on your computer, it should have following configuration:&lt;br /&gt;
Processor: 2 GHz dual core processor or better&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Memory: 1GB of RAM (2GB recommended)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Disk: 30GB of disk space depending on options&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphics: If you plan to use the netbook interface, you will require a graphics card that supports 3D acceleration on Ubuntu. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Either a DVD drive or a USB port for the installer media.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your computer does not match the above hardware specifications, or is old, install [[wikipedia:Lubuntu|Lubuntu]] OS. Lubuntu is an Ubuntu based distribution meant for low hardware configuration computers. Lubuntu is a fast and lightweight operating system. It has low hardware requirements. Download Lubuntu ISO 32 bit from [http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/releases/16.10/release/lubuntu-16.10-desktop-i386.iso here] and 64 bit [http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/releases/16.10/release/lubuntu-16.10-desktop-amd64.iso here].&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[[wikipedia:Linux_Mint|Mint]], [[wikipedia:Debian|Debian]], [[wikipedia:OpenSUSE|OpenSUSE]], and [[wikipedia:Fedora|Fedora]] are popular Linux distributions.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
Ubuntu is available on select [https://ubuntu.com/mobile/devices Mobile phones] and [https://ubuntu.com/mobile tablets]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
There are many community forums are helping Ubuntu users.&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://help.ubuntu.com/community/CommunityHelpWiki Community Wiki help]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://community.ubuntu.com/help-information/ Ubuntu help]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Overview of Features ====&lt;br /&gt;
Ubuntu performs all the basic functions expected of an operating system. &lt;br /&gt;
# It allows the user to login and logout and keeps the user data secure within that login&lt;br /&gt;
# Users can browse the folders and files using a file browser&lt;br /&gt;
# Users can use different applications on their computer for creating and accessing files. This includes accessing, creating, editing text, image, audio, video, animation files.&lt;br /&gt;
# Users can connect to other devices - printers and scanners, mobile phones, pen drives, external hard disks and other storage devices, external DVD writers etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Users can connect to the internet.&lt;br /&gt;
Ubuntu is shipped with many applications relevant to education including GCompris, KDE Edutainment Suite, Ubuntu Menu editor, LibreOffice, Gnome Nanny etc. Ubuntu is available to [https://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop freely download]. Edubuntu&amp;#039;s default GUI is Unity while GNOME is also available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
====Starting and shutting down your computer====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Starting and stopping work on your computer&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Ubuntu Login screen.png|Ubuntu login screen&lt;br /&gt;
File:Edubuntu 1 Education Menu has many educational Applications.png|Ubuntu Home screen&lt;br /&gt;
File:Shut_down_option_1.png|Shutdown the computer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The above images show you the basic Ubuntu interface. &lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Logging in&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: When you switch on your computer, you will see a login screen. Login with the user id (name) and password created by the system administrator. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ubuntu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; allows you to have a user interface in your own language, by specifying your language as the user language, during your user id creation. Once you have logged in, the home screen will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
#The second image shows you the Ubuntu home screen.  The applications menu at the top left has a list of all the programmes (apps) on your computer. The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Places&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; menu, next to it, lets you access the &amp;#039;places&amp;#039; on your computer including the hard disk, CD/DVD or pen drives. Digital cameras and MP3 players are also listed here when plugged-in.  The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Applications&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; menu has sub menus for Education, Office, Internet, Games etc. Each sub-menu has many applications. You can try to learn them yourselves by clicking and selecting options.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Shutting down the computer-&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; What will you do after you have finished your work? You have to turn off the computer. You must turn it off by clicking on the last button on the right hand top corner and select shut down. Never turn off the power button without shutting the computer properly. &lt;br /&gt;
====Creating and managing folders and files==== &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Creating and managing folders and files&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:EdUbuntu 2 File Manager.png|Managing files and folders&lt;br /&gt;
File:File_Search.png|File search&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Creating and managing files and folders -  When you write an essay or paint something on a paper, you would like to keep it for future, right? You would probably put it in a hard bound folder. Maybe, if you have more than one essay or painting, you would have one folder to hold your essays and one folder to hold your paintings.&lt;br /&gt;
##To create new folder right click on your mouse and click on &amp;quot;New Folder&amp;quot;. Rename the folder and save your files in it. You can also create many sub folders  within that. &lt;br /&gt;
##Always give meaningful names for folders, so that you can easily search for them later.  &lt;br /&gt;
##You can move folders, and files across folders. &lt;br /&gt;
##You can create a file by opening a application, and creating a new file to prepare your content. You can create text documents with LibreOffice Writer, Images with Tux Paint etc. &lt;br /&gt;
#From &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;HOME&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; folder you can search any files and folders which you have saved in your computer, click on search option on the toolbar and type the keywords of the file or folder, it will show the all files contains our searching keywords in your computer. If you have an idea about the location of the file you are searching, you can launch the search from within that folder itself, instead of the Home folder, this will show you a lesser number of files&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Opening files by &amp;quot;open with&amp;quot; option==== &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Opening files with applications&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Opening with options in Ubuntu.png|&amp;quot;Openwith&amp;quot; option&lt;br /&gt;
File:Opeming file with multiple application.png|Openwith Multiple Application&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#A file can usually be opened with any given application in Ubuntu which supports that particular file. For example, an image file can be opened with image viewer, gimp, etc. So if you want to open with a application of your choice, right click on file select &amp;quot;Open with&amp;quot; to see the available options.&lt;br /&gt;
#File can be opened with multiple application in Ubuntu which support that particular file. For example, an image file can be opened with image viewer and also can be with Gimp, Mypaint, Kolorpaint, Shotwell viewer etc.  So if you want to open the file with a application of your choice, right click on file select &amp;quot;Open with&amp;quot; to see the available multiple options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Import files and folders from external device====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Access and copy from external device&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Import file from External Device.png|Access external device&lt;br /&gt;
File:Copy files from External device.png|Copy from external device&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#You can import files from other devices. You can  insert devices such as CDs, DVDs or memory cards  into your computer. &lt;br /&gt;
##Connect the devices such as pen drives, memory card holders, external DVD drives  using a cable, to your computer. &lt;br /&gt;
##Click on &amp;quot;Places&amp;quot; from your desktop top panel. You can see your device name. &lt;br /&gt;
##Click on your device name to view the files from that device. &lt;br /&gt;
#To import files from devices, right click on that file and click on &amp;quot;Copy&amp;quot;, then paste it into your computer folder.You can copy audio and video files, that you have recorded on your mobile phone, to your computer. You can edit these files. In the same way, you can copy these and other files from your computer to your mobile phone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should periodically take back up of important files on your computer and store it on a pen drive or an external hard disk. So that if the hard disk of your computer has a problem or crashes, you would not lose your data entirely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ambox&lt;br /&gt;
| text  = Study how there are different kinds of connecting cables, for different devices / ports on your computer. Use the appropriate cable in each case. You can connect printers, scanners, projectors to suitable ports on your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
| type = notice&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Changing user interface language in Ubuntu ====&lt;br /&gt;
English will be default interface in Ubuntu but you can also use Ubuntu in you local languages like Telugu, Kannada or Tamil.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Ubuntu language main page.png|Select Language support from System settings&lt;br /&gt;
File:Ubuntu language support list.png| Changing language from English to Telugu&lt;br /&gt;
File:Telugu moved to first.png|Arrange language list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# To get started, goto &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Applications -&amp;gt; System tools -&amp;gt; System settings -&amp;gt; Language support&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
# It may ask you to update or add components to your current default language when you first open the dialog. If you do not have internet connect then click &amp;quot;Remind Me Later&amp;quot; and If you have good internet connection, select install to update your language lists.&lt;br /&gt;
# Now we are ready to change our Ubuntu interface language. Find your new language in the list, and then click and drag it to the top of the list and click Apply &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;System-Wide&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have set you language as first and click on &amp;quot;system-wide&amp;quot;, you will need to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;log out&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; of your account and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;log in&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to see your new interface language.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Renaming Ubuntu default folders.png| Renaming folder name&lt;br /&gt;
File:Telugu desktop.png|Telugu Ubuntu interface&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. Ubuntu may ask if you want to update your user folders names to your new language, Select Rename folder option.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adding software applications to your computer system====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ubuntu_software_center1.png|450px|left|frame|Ubuntu software centre]] &lt;br /&gt;
You can add many more FOSS applications to your computer. Select the &amp;quot;Ubuntu software centre&amp;quot; - You can download applications from the Internet. Teachers can explore new FOSS educational tools and utilities.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to Applications &amp;gt; System Tools -&amp;gt; Software. You will need to type the required application name in the search bar. It will show all applications with the words you have entered and you will get an option for &amp;quot;Install&amp;quot;. Click on &amp;quot;install&amp;quot; if you want to install the application. If your search does not get the application(s) you want, try with fewer letters / words to search. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It may ask your Ubuntu log in password for authentication, just type your Ubuntu password press enter. &lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have doubts or difficulties in using the Ubuntu operating system or any of the applications, you can search for solutions on the Internet using a search engine or refer to &amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/Frequently_Asked_Questions Frequently asked questions]&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Saving the files and formats ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Not applicable&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Adding your languages to type in Ubuntu===&lt;br /&gt;
In Ubuntu by default you can type English in any application and by default it will use only Unicode fonts unless you manually changing it to non-unicode. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Selecting Ibus in your computer .png|300px|left|thumb|Selecting Ibus for typing languages]] Also you can type any your local languages in Ubuntu by adding language into the list. For typing in any local language, Ubuntu will use application called Ibus. You can follow the below step to set up Ibus and to add languages in the typing list. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to Applications -&amp;gt; System tools -&amp;gt; System Settings -&amp;gt; Language Support -&amp;gt;Look at the Keyboard input method system Select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;IBus&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and close the window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Log-out your computer and log-in to applying this changes.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have to add your languages in &amp;quot;Text Entry&amp;quot; to type it. You can type multiple language in any application by adding it in this list.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding languages in Text Entry&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Ibus - adding languages in Text entry.png|Selecting Text Entry from the top panel &lt;br /&gt;
File:Ibus - select plus to add .png| Adding languages in Text Entry&lt;br /&gt;
File:Ibus - adding languages.png| Adding Telugu to my language list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;quot;En&amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the top panel and select &amp;quot;Text Entry&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the Text Entry window opens, click on &amp;quot;+&amp;quot; arrow mark, as shown in image.&lt;br /&gt;
# The language list window will open, search your languages by typing it in search box. It will show the all the typing methods for the language. Choose a keyboard layout you are comfortable with and click &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Yes, you are finished all the set up, after this your language list looks like below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding languages in Text Entry&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Ibus - added telugu.png|Added Telugu 3 typing methods&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Now it time to type type your added language in most of the applications. Click on the language panel &amp;quot;En&amp;quot; (right top corner of the screen) and select language in which you want to type. When you select language, icon will change to that language. The very important is you can add multiple languages in this list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced features===&lt;br /&gt;
Ubuntu contains a wide range of software that includes LibreOffice, Firefox, Thunderbird and several games and Educational tools. Many additional software packages are accessible from the built in Ubuntu Software Center. More complex commands can be given to the computer using the &amp;#039;Terminal&amp;#039; interface, this is really for those who have technical expertise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Hardware requirement for Ubuntu installation ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Dual core processor and above &lt;br /&gt;
* 2 GB RAM (system memory) &lt;br /&gt;
* 30 GB of hard-drive space (or USB stick, memory card or external drive but see LiveCD for an alternative approach) &lt;br /&gt;
* Either a CD/DVD drive or a USB port for the installer media&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To install Ubuntu into different version OS, please refer [http://119.226.159.19/OER/images/6/6c/Ubuntu_16.04_installation_along_side_Windows_8_or_10.pdf document] for detail steps.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Telugu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:YouTube|id=AVM9aIWrb3A|height=300|width=400}} &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Telugu Video produced by Balaji Sir, UPS Kondapur, Telangana. &lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Kannada&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:YouTube|id=Fs1WvGg0GGc |height=300|width=400}}&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Steps to install Ubuntu====&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Using a DVD?&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; It’s easy to install Ubuntu from a DVD. Here’s what you need to do: Put the Ubuntu DVD into the DVD-drive Restart your computer. You should see a welcome screen prompting you to choose your language and giving you the option to install Ubuntu or try it from the DVD. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Using a USB drive?&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; Most newer computers can boot from USB. You should see a welcome screen prompting you to choose your language and giving you the option to install Ubuntu or try it from the USB.  If your computer doesn’t automatically do so, you might need to press the F12 key to bring up the boot menu, but be careful not to hold it down - that can cause an error message.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Prepare to install Ubuntu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- We recommend you plug your computer into a power source &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Enough space&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; You should also make sure you have &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;enough space&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on your computer to install Ubuntu. We advise you to select Download updates while installing and Install this third-party software now You should also stay connected to the internet so you can get the latest updates while you install Ubuntu If you are not connected to the internet, you will be asked to select a wireless network, if available. We advise you to connect during the installation so we can ensure your machine is up to date&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Allocate drive space&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- Use the check boxes to choose whether you’d like to Install Ubuntu alongside another operating system, delete your existing operating system and replace it with Ubuntu, or — if you’re an advanced user — choose the ’Something else’ option &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Begin the installation&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Depending on your previous selections, you can now verify that you have chosen the way in which you would like to install Ubuntu. The installation process will begin when you click the Install Now button. Ubuntu needs about 4.5 GB to install, so add a few extra GB to allow for your files. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select your location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-  If you are connected to the internet, this should be done automatically. Check your location is correct and click ’Forward’ to proceed. If you’re unsure of your time zone, type the name of the town you’re in or click on the map and we’ll help you find it. Select your preferred keyboard layout Click on the language option you need. If you’re not sure, click the ’Detect Keyboard Layout’ button for help.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;login and password&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; details&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; After this, Install process will get start and it may take 20-40 min to complete. once its done it will ask you to remove the device and restart that system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Get Applications, Places (Gnome)menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
After login into you Ubuntu and if it is not showing Applications and places menu option, you just logout from your user and click on the Ubuntu icon (in front of your  user name)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Gnome session.jpg|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
and here select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Gnome flashback(metacity)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and now login to your username with password. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://wiki.ubuntu.com/Releases Ubuntu releases]&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://wiki.ubuntu.com/LTS Ubuntu LTS]&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://www.google.co.in/webhp?sourceid=chrome-instant&amp;amp;ion=1&amp;amp;espv=2&amp;amp;ie=UTF-8#q=ubuntu%20wikipedia Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/en/index.php/Kalpavriksha Kalpavriksha]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Audacity&amp;diff=8048</id>
		<title>Learn Audacity</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Audacity&amp;diff=8048"/>
		<updated>2017-08-04T07:06:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A1%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%BF_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Audacity is a free and open source multi-track audio editor and recorder for GNU/Linux, Windows, Mac OS X and other operating systems. &lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|It is a generic audio resource creation and editing tool.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|You can use this tool to create own voice recordings, modify existing audio recordings as per your academic requirements. You can mix multiple audio&amp;#039;s together to create educational resources.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Audacity Version 2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://ocenaudio.com OcenAudio] is a cross-platform audio editor.&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://wavosaur.com Wavosaur] is a free sound editor, audio editor, wav editor software for editing, processing and recording sounds, wav and mp3 files. &lt;br /&gt;
# [https://traverso-daw.en.softonic.com/ Traverso DAW] is an audio recording and editing program which is very well suited to record a single voice, a band, an ensemble, a whole orchestra or any other source of music! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://f-droid.org/repo/com.ringdroid_20703.apk Ringdroid], using Fdroid -  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
WavePad Audio Editor, using Google Play store &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://audacityteam.org/help/documentation/ Audacity Team]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of Features====&lt;br /&gt;
* Importing and exporting of wav, aiff, mp3, ogg Vorbis file formats.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recording and playing back sounds.&lt;br /&gt;
* Editing via cut, copy, and paste, with unlimited levels of undo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Installation====&lt;br /&gt;
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Audacity&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; on top search bar in Software Centre.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
##Open terminal by clicking Applications-&amp;gt;System Tools-&amp;gt;Terminal or through Keyboard shortcut &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Ctrl+Alt+T&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##In the terminal window, type below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:&lt;br /&gt;
##&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;sudo apt-get install audacity&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
====Obtaining Audio from different sources====&lt;br /&gt;
Audio file can be obtained from many different sources such as audio recorders in phone, camera or laptops. Audio recording in laptops can be done using Audacity which is explained in [[Learn Audacity#Step3|Step 3]] below. Similarly audio can be recorded in other recording devices and transferred to a laptop to edit them using Audacity. Importing audio files from different sources to the laptop is explained in [[Learn_Ubuntu#Step8|Step 8 of Learn Ubuntu page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Recording with Audacity====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Audacity_1_Option_Menu_To_Open.png|Step 1 -This can be opened from Applications &amp;gt; Sound &amp;amp; Video &amp;gt; Audacity&lt;br /&gt;
File:Audacity_2_Main_Window.png|Step 2 - When you open the Audacity application, it will show the window as above&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Audacity 3 Start Record.png|left|frame|Step 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
To start recording, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;red record&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button in the Toolbar as shown in the left image. Begin talking or playing any audio and continue for as long as you want. When you feel you&amp;#039;ve recorded enough, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;yellow stop&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button. Until you stop the recording, other functions on the Menu and Toolbar will be disabled. You can record an audio playing on your computer itself, or playing in an another external audio device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Importing audio and multiple tracks ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Import_Audio_in_Audacity.png|Importing Audio&lt;br /&gt;
File:Audacity_4_Add_New_track.png|Audio track and adding new track&lt;br /&gt;
File:Audacity 5 Multipal Track.png| Multiple tracks&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To import audio, click File -&amp;gt; Import -&amp;gt; Audio from the menu as shown in the first image above. Choose the music file from your computer, and then click on Open. Once you import an audio clip it will appear in Audacity as an audio track as you can see in second image. If you want to add multiple tracks, you can do so by clicking on Tracks -&amp;gt; Add new -&amp;gt; Audio track from the Menu as shown in the same second image. With use of multiple tracks, you can record and at the same time import several audio tracks to work in Audacity as shown in third image above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic audio editing ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Audacity 6 Delete middle Song.png|Selection of Audio&lt;br /&gt;
File:Cut selected audio clip for moving to other place - audacity.png|Cutting selected audio&lt;br /&gt;
File:Paste selected audio clip to other place - audacity.png| Pasting selected audio&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Similar to how we do cut (or copy) paste a selection of text in a text document, we can cut (copy) and paste a selection of audio in an audio file in Audacity. To delete a part of the track, we can select the area of track we wish to delete as shown in first image above and then press &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;delete&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key on keyboard to delete. To move a part of audio to another place in same track or to another track, we need to select it first as we did before and then click on cut icon on the toolbar as shown in second image. Then the same audio can be pasted by clicking on paste icon on the toolbar as shown in third image above. The usual keyboard shortcuts for cut(&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl+X&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;), copy(&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl+C&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) and paste(&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl+V&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) will also work on Audacity. Once you are done with editing, the final audio can be exported to any audio format from the Menu by clicking on File-&amp;gt;Export and then Save.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Saving and exporting to different formats ====&lt;br /&gt;
# All the edits including files can be saved in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;uncompressed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;lossless&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; quality using the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AU&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; format. An &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AUP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; project file is created, along with a folder with the same name as the AUP file that contains the project&amp;#039;s audio data. For example, if you save a project as &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;chanson.aup&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, a folder called &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;chanson_data&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will contain the audio data. We can save the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AUP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; project file with keyboard &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl+S&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; shortcut or through File-&amp;gt;Save from the Menu. &lt;br /&gt;
# Exporting to different audio formats can be done with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl+Shift+E&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; keyboard shortcut or by clicking on File -&amp;gt; Export through Menu. List of all available export formats supported by Audacity can be found [http://manual.audacityteam.org/man/export_formats_supported_by_audacity.html here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Advanced features ====&lt;br /&gt;
Audacity is a full-fledge audio editor which has many advanced features. [http://manual.audacityteam.org/man/tutorials.html This page] lists tutorials that provide step-by-step instructions for performing all the interesting things with audio in Audacity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ideas for resource creation ===&lt;br /&gt;
This tool can be used to create own voice recordings, modify existing audio as per academic requirements and to mix multiple audio files together to create educational resources. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audacity Audacity Wikipedia page]&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://manual.audacityteam.org/index.html#using Audacity Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Gmail&amp;diff=8047</id>
		<title>Learn Gmail</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Gmail&amp;diff=8047"/>
		<updated>2017-08-04T07:00:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%9C%E0%B2%BF-%E0%B2%AE%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%B2%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Gmail is a web based mail service.  &lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|One of the important benefits of using technology is for connecting with each other to share and learn. Working with email applications allows you to get familiar with communicating using digital methods.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|E-mail (electronic mail) is the exchange of computer-stored messages by telecommunication. E-mail was one of the first uses of the Internet and is still the most popular use.  Mails and mailing forums are very useful and essential to share resources.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Not applicable &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://in.yahoo.com/ Yahoo], [http://www.rediff.com/ Rediff].&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|Mobile app is available in a Google Play store (Search for gmail ) and you can install the Gmail app in your android mobile. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|Gmail is an internet based service. [https://gmail.com Official Gmail]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of features====&lt;br /&gt;
Gmail is a free Web-based e-mail service currently being hosted at Google that provides users with 15 Giga Byte(GB) of storage for messages and provides the ability to search for specific messages. The Gmail program also automatically organizes successively related messages into a conversational thread.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Using the application ====&lt;br /&gt;
To open Gmail, first you have to open a web browser(Ex:- Firefox, Google Chrome, etc) After opening the browser have to type &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;www.gmail.com&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in address bar or you have to type in search bar (gmail).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working with application ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Using Gmail====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Gmail_1_Main_Window.png|400px|left|Gmail home page]]&lt;br /&gt;
 Once you open the browser from (Application -&amp;gt; Internet -&amp;gt; Firefox) type www.gmail.com in address bar and press &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Enter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.  The Gmail window will open, as shown in the image here. You can either   &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;sign in&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  from the top right side of your screen or create a new Gmail ID follow below. {{clear}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To Create new Gmail ID, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Create Account&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;sign up&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the gmail home page and follow the below steps.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Gmail_2_Create_Account.png|right|400px|Creating new gmail account]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Enter user name and password. Your username will be your email address.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter password (Remember your password)&lt;br /&gt;
# Google asks for a phone number or email address so they can help you retrieve your account in case you forget your password. You are not required to provide an email address.&lt;br /&gt;
# And give all rest of the necessary information and complete the process.&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the privacy and terms and conditions box.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Next Step&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and your new gmail account is successfully created.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you are seeing your new username in the top right side, means you are already logged into your account.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next time, If you want to login to your gmail account, follow the first step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Signing in to access emails====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Gmail sign in and features&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Gmail login screen.png|Gmail sign in page&lt;br /&gt;
File:Gmail 4 Inbox.png |Home page for after logging in&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Accessing emails&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#When you want to check your email, simply type gmail.com or mail.google.com into any browser address bar.  Be sure to type your email and password EXACTLY as you typed it in when you created your account (including whether letters are capitalized or not). DO NOT click “Stay signed in.” &lt;br /&gt;
#In the second image you can following menu&amp;#039;s. &lt;br /&gt;
## Refresh button : to refresh your gmail folders&lt;br /&gt;
## Compose : To send a new mail&lt;br /&gt;
## Search bar : To search for mails. &lt;br /&gt;
## Inbox : All the mails you have received will be in this folder&lt;br /&gt;
## Sent : This will have all your sent mails&lt;br /&gt;
## Draft : Draft is where your unfinished mails are saved&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Composing new mail ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Compose and Sending mails&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Gmail 5 Compose Message.png|Select compose to compose mail&lt;br /&gt;
File:Gmail 6 Compose Tab.png| Composing mail, adding all the information&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# To compose a new message, click &amp;quot;Compose&amp;quot;. This can be found on the left panel. When you click on that you see a panel open for composing a new mail.&lt;br /&gt;
# Now you can start composing your new mail &lt;br /&gt;
##To: enter in an email address&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Cc: “Carbon copy” or “courtesy copy” another email address (not the main recipient; meant to keep others in the loop)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Bcc: “Blind carbon copy” another email address (any email addresses entered here will be hidden from one another)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##Subject: a few words to describe what your email is about &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##Body of the email: type your message &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## Click on attachment icon (next to send icon) to attach your local files(text files, images, etc.) with the mail and send it to the receipt.&lt;br /&gt;
## After you done all the above steps and if are ready to send your mail, just click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Send&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon.&lt;br /&gt;
## To access your sent mails, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sent&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the left side gmail panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Checking mails and replying  ====&lt;br /&gt;
Your inbox displays all email messages you have received. By default, unread messages in your inbox have a white background and display in bold lettering while read messages have a gray background and normal type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
However, you must remember that these formatting settings are subject to change and you need to remember that there will be a separate way of displaying &amp;quot;read&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;unread&amp;quot; mails.  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;230px&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Gmail Inbox.png| Checking received emails &lt;br /&gt;
File:Gmail 7 Reply and Forward.png| Replying and forwarding mail&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# To open an email, simply click it in your email list and start reading it. To respond to an email, open it and in the box under the email, click Reply, Reply to all, or Forward. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# If you are going to reply to any group mailing list select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;reply all&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, all the group members will receive your reply mail. To reply to an single person(sent person), click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reply&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, Type your message click on Send.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Same mail if you want to forward, click on forward from the option as shown in the second image, Enter the email address and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;send&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Download an attachment  ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Gmail_8_Download_The_Attachement.png|450px|left|thumb|DOwnload attachment file]]&lt;br /&gt;
#A paperclip icon next to an email indicates that there is an attachment with the mail&lt;br /&gt;
#To download an attachment in an email, open mail and scroll down the message and come to the  file attached.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can either view or download the file (down arrow mark).&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Download &lt;br /&gt;
#A window will appear Click on Save&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose the location where you want to save the file &lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Save to finish&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Sign out from the account====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Gmail_10_Sign_out.png|350px|left|thumb|Signing out from your account]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a very important step to secure your mails from others. Logging out of your Gmail account is essential if you use public computers or even in personal computer. Your Gmail account can contain a lot of sensitive information, and signing out will help protect it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click on your name or small circle with your starting letter of your username, which displayed on top right side of your screen, as in this screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on it and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;sign out&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;logout&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}} &lt;br /&gt;
==== Advanced features ====&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://support.google.com/mail/answer/8395?co=GENIE.Platform%3DDesktop&amp;amp;hl=en Adding your default signature]&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.wikihow.com/Create-a-Filter-in-Gmail Email filtering]&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://www.wikihow.com/Create-a-New-Folder-in-Gmail Folder creation]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://support.google.com/mail/answer/17091?co=GENIE.Platform%3DDesktop&amp;amp;hl=en Setting up gmail with your language]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://support.google.com/a/answer/2368132?hl=en Managing spam mails and folder]&lt;br /&gt;
# Setting up a high security for the account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ideas for resource creation ===&lt;br /&gt;
This very useful to sharing resources from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gmail Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=ICT_teacher_handbook/Digital_story_telling&amp;diff=7977</id>
		<title>ICT teacher handbook/Digital story telling</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=ICT_teacher_handbook/Digital_story_telling&amp;diff=7977"/>
		<updated>2017-07-07T11:00:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: /* Assessment of digital stories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Navigate|Prev=ICT in teaching learning|Curr=Digital Story Telling|Next=Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge TPACK}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The focus of this activity is to develop a digital story for a teaching-learning situation - examples, creating a photo essay for documenting an event or a place, comic strips to tell a story, an audio recording for sharing understanding.  The focus on all of these activities is to demonstrate possibilities of using digital stories to express understanding and learning without focusing exclusively on text based methods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Objectives===&lt;br /&gt;
#Capturing information in multiple (non-only-textual) ways; what to use when  &lt;br /&gt;
#Understanding that digital stories can be picture albums, picture story books, audio books, audio visual books or videos or a combination of these&lt;br /&gt;
#Combining text, graphic and audio visual methods, developing a story and scripting by combining multiple digital methods&lt;br /&gt;
#Learning the effectiveness of digital stories for communication in classrooms; in the case of language teaching-learning how this can be used for learning and assessment. It can be used to document community institutions for social science or explore a topic in science or mathematics.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Evaluation of digital stories (by teachers for assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
#Possibilities for inclusion using digital story telling (by teachers for children with different learning needs and abilities)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Understanding digital stories===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is in understanding the effectiveness of different kinds of communication.  Take a given multimedia communication and discuss with the students the overall message and the role and effectiveness of each of the pieces of the digital story in communicating the idea.  For example, take a sample of resources - sequence story of pictures, an animation, a poster, an audio clip or a video - and  ask the children to tell the story.  &lt;br /&gt;
====Notes for the teacher====&lt;br /&gt;
Use the following pointers to evaluate a digital story:&lt;br /&gt;
#What pictures/ images/ sounds/ videos have been captured?  How are they important?&lt;br /&gt;
#How different media (audio, video, image) are different?&lt;br /&gt;
#Why has a video been used for a particular message or could it have been captured (better) by a photograph?&lt;br /&gt;
#How have text, images and audio/ video been combined?&lt;br /&gt;
#When to use what?&lt;br /&gt;
====Student Outcomes====&lt;br /&gt;
#Comprehension, verbal (oral) expression from a given story/ resource/ audio/ video&lt;br /&gt;
#Ability to coherently tell a story.  Making a story line for a given idea. This is likely to be an iterative process, initially many &amp;#039;story ideas&amp;#039; can be brain stormed by the students and then a few selected, by explicitly assessing these stories on parameters they use&lt;br /&gt;
#Identifying key ideas for getting photos / images/ drawing pictures&lt;br /&gt;
#Creating, accessing, modifying images and photos and adding descriptive text to develop stories&lt;br /&gt;
#Creating, accessing, modifying audio and video and combining with images and text to develop stories&lt;br /&gt;
#Technical skills of creating multimedia digital stories &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Making a digital story with images and text ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 1.  Telling a story with pictures ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Digital story with photographs&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, we have to create a photo / image essay.  This could be either be a documentation of an event or a set of images that can be tied to tell a story or an explanation of a process.  These images can be created through taking photographs of actual events or taking photographs of hand drawn illustrations.  The photographs can be stitched using a slide show.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Making a story with digital art images&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to taking photographs, images can be digitally created using paint/ drawing applications.  Images can also be created using digital art creation tools like Tux Paint or MyPaint.  Screenshots of a digital art creation or snapshots of a video are also methods of generating digital images. Such creations can be combined with photographs in a slideshow.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Pedagogical possibilities from picture essays =====&lt;br /&gt;
There are multiple pedagogical possibilities from picture stories.  Picture stories can be used as ways for building communication and expression in students. The choice of what to photograph or illustrate will determine the effectiveness of the photo essay.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another skill to be built here is the ability to tell stories using photo or image essays.  Unlike text, images can give rise to multiple interpretations and hence, multiple stories. This can be used effectively in a classroom to create an inclusive environment for all students to participate.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By asking students to illustrate a given story or a song or a poem, it is possible to assess their comprehension.  Students can also be encouraged to make collaborative stories from pictures shared in a classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 2.  Editing Images and Adding text ====&lt;br /&gt;
Once a picture story has been created, we may now find it useful to add text.  For example, when we work for language lessons, we have to help create the story line using related pictures – related to a lesson/ idea/ author that we want to explore.  It can be linked to the textbook chapter/ lesson; it need not be.  Images can be added to text using a text editor or even a concept map; a concept map can also be presented with images and notes as a story.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are different levels of combining text and images: &lt;br /&gt;
#Editing the image for size, format, scaling and cropping, inserting into a document. &lt;br /&gt;
#Editing images to improve image quality.&lt;br /&gt;
#Adding a caption to an image.   &lt;br /&gt;
#Inserting text into images.&lt;br /&gt;
#Adding descriptive texts and labels to an image; sequencing and telling a  story.&lt;br /&gt;
Together, the images and text can tell a story.  Examples will include a picture story book, a comic strip, or even a poster or brochure.  This method of communication can be useful to combine art with other subject areas.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Pedagogical possibilities from picture stories =====&lt;br /&gt;
Picture stories can be effective in allowing students to express their understanding in text, based on their language ability.  Pictures can support the narration.  The teacher can assess how the students are able to tell a story and their coherence of expression for a given idea.  Picture essays and picture stories can also help teachers determine students&amp;#039; levels of documenting and their practices of documenting knowledge (their sources of information, permissions, etc), their skills of combining text and non-textual methods for communicating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Other examples of picture stories====&lt;br /&gt;
#Create a process flow (science) diagram and label it. (Using draw tools, scan from hand drawn process charts and take a screenshot from an existing image of a diagram/ process chart). &lt;br /&gt;
#Even a Geogebra file is one such image / text story.&lt;br /&gt;
#Explaining an experiment using screenshots from simulations is an example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Digital learning resources to be used for making picture stories ====&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Image Viewer]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Freeplane]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn LibreOffice Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn LibreOffice Impress]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Tux Paint]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn MyPaint]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn GIMP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Audio and video stories ===&lt;br /&gt;
While we may not be using this very often, even simple audio clips can be used to tell stories.  Using sounds and narrations to tell stories as well as adding sounds to embellish a story are possible.  Determining when to add an audio or a video is a function of the story telling ability.  There are multiple ways of creating audio and video files: &lt;br /&gt;
# Audio recording using a voice recorder or mobile &lt;br /&gt;
# Video recording using a camera or a mobile &lt;br /&gt;
# Screen cast video recording of any application or process being done on the computer &lt;br /&gt;
#Using a voice recorder, narrate the explanation, description or commentary of the process or event to create an audio clip.&lt;br /&gt;
#Combining the audio clip with videos and/or images to create video stories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Pedagogical possibilities from audio visual stories ====&lt;br /&gt;
Audio visual methods can add to the effectiveness of a message.  Look at this video below of a short video combining audio(song),video (dance and protests) and animations. {{Youtube|8M5aeMpzOLU}}Like in the case of picture stories, deciding on a story line, and correct choice of image or other media will determine effectiveness.  Audio visual stories allow for different forms of expression including narration and music to be added and allow for more possibilities for creating an inclusive environment in a classroom. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other outcomes will depend on the specific objectives of the digital story, whether of supporting deeper understanding of community/social institutions (in case of social science), of nature and natural processes/events (in case of science) and of expression/production (in case of language). Elements of art and music can also be blended into the digital story by the students.  The style of presentation and quality of the output can also give the teachers an indication of the student&amp;#039;s engagement with the idea/ concept as well as their technical skills.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Digital learning resources to be used for making picture stories ====&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the tools mentioned, the following tools are to be used: &lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Audacity]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Record My Desktop]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Openshot Video Editor|Learn OpenShot Video Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Assessment of digital stories===&lt;br /&gt;
Digital stories can be used for assessment of student learning.&lt;br /&gt;
#How well story is developed?&lt;br /&gt;
#The quality of the script and the quality of the images, audio, video, text material used &lt;br /&gt;
#The quality of the language&lt;br /&gt;
#Analysing information presented in multiple formats &lt;br /&gt;
#How well ideas are connected?&lt;br /&gt;
#Accuracy&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;For a language lesson, you can assess the following:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Coherence and the flow of story&lt;br /&gt;
#Language style&lt;br /&gt;
#Vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
#Richness of ideas and extensions presented&lt;br /&gt;
#Linking of ideas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;For social science topics, or projects in mathematics and science, we can assess the following:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Coherence and the flow of story&lt;br /&gt;
#Richness of ideas and extensions presented&lt;br /&gt;
#How critical questions are asked and expressed, how dilemmas and challenges are explored&lt;br /&gt;
#Linking of ideas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Some examples of digital stories in schools&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at digital stories created by schools for different topics/issues/locations can give an idea of the immense possibilities of this as a pedagogical tool.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|{{#widget:YouTube|id=o2bqPhwab3Y|width=320 |height=220}}&lt;br /&gt;
Video of a local handicraft making shop &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fire station jayanagar digital story telling.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Picture essay of a fire station&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=ICT_teacher_handbook/Digital_story_telling&amp;diff=7976</id>
		<title>ICT teacher handbook/Digital story telling</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=ICT_teacher_handbook/Digital_story_telling&amp;diff=7976"/>
		<updated>2017-07-07T11:00:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: /* Assessment of digital stories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Navigate|Prev=ICT in teaching learning|Curr=Digital Story Telling|Next=Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge TPACK}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The focus of this activity is to develop a digital story for a teaching-learning situation - examples, creating a photo essay for documenting an event or a place, comic strips to tell a story, an audio recording for sharing understanding.  The focus on all of these activities is to demonstrate possibilities of using digital stories to express understanding and learning without focusing exclusively on text based methods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Objectives===&lt;br /&gt;
#Capturing information in multiple (non-only-textual) ways; what to use when  &lt;br /&gt;
#Understanding that digital stories can be picture albums, picture story books, audio books, audio visual books or videos or a combination of these&lt;br /&gt;
#Combining text, graphic and audio visual methods, developing a story and scripting by combining multiple digital methods&lt;br /&gt;
#Learning the effectiveness of digital stories for communication in classrooms; in the case of language teaching-learning how this can be used for learning and assessment. It can be used to document community institutions for social science or explore a topic in science or mathematics.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Evaluation of digital stories (by teachers for assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
#Possibilities for inclusion using digital story telling (by teachers for children with different learning needs and abilities)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Understanding digital stories===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is in understanding the effectiveness of different kinds of communication.  Take a given multimedia communication and discuss with the students the overall message and the role and effectiveness of each of the pieces of the digital story in communicating the idea.  For example, take a sample of resources - sequence story of pictures, an animation, a poster, an audio clip or a video - and  ask the children to tell the story.  &lt;br /&gt;
====Notes for the teacher====&lt;br /&gt;
Use the following pointers to evaluate a digital story:&lt;br /&gt;
#What pictures/ images/ sounds/ videos have been captured?  How are they important?&lt;br /&gt;
#How different media (audio, video, image) are different?&lt;br /&gt;
#Why has a video been used for a particular message or could it have been captured (better) by a photograph?&lt;br /&gt;
#How have text, images and audio/ video been combined?&lt;br /&gt;
#When to use what?&lt;br /&gt;
====Student Outcomes====&lt;br /&gt;
#Comprehension, verbal (oral) expression from a given story/ resource/ audio/ video&lt;br /&gt;
#Ability to coherently tell a story.  Making a story line for a given idea. This is likely to be an iterative process, initially many &amp;#039;story ideas&amp;#039; can be brain stormed by the students and then a few selected, by explicitly assessing these stories on parameters they use&lt;br /&gt;
#Identifying key ideas for getting photos / images/ drawing pictures&lt;br /&gt;
#Creating, accessing, modifying images and photos and adding descriptive text to develop stories&lt;br /&gt;
#Creating, accessing, modifying audio and video and combining with images and text to develop stories&lt;br /&gt;
#Technical skills of creating multimedia digital stories &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Making a digital story with images and text ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 1.  Telling a story with pictures ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Digital story with photographs&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, we have to create a photo / image essay.  This could be either be a documentation of an event or a set of images that can be tied to tell a story or an explanation of a process.  These images can be created through taking photographs of actual events or taking photographs of hand drawn illustrations.  The photographs can be stitched using a slide show.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Making a story with digital art images&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to taking photographs, images can be digitally created using paint/ drawing applications.  Images can also be created using digital art creation tools like Tux Paint or MyPaint.  Screenshots of a digital art creation or snapshots of a video are also methods of generating digital images. Such creations can be combined with photographs in a slideshow.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Pedagogical possibilities from picture essays =====&lt;br /&gt;
There are multiple pedagogical possibilities from picture stories.  Picture stories can be used as ways for building communication and expression in students. The choice of what to photograph or illustrate will determine the effectiveness of the photo essay.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another skill to be built here is the ability to tell stories using photo or image essays.  Unlike text, images can give rise to multiple interpretations and hence, multiple stories. This can be used effectively in a classroom to create an inclusive environment for all students to participate.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By asking students to illustrate a given story or a song or a poem, it is possible to assess their comprehension.  Students can also be encouraged to make collaborative stories from pictures shared in a classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 2.  Editing Images and Adding text ====&lt;br /&gt;
Once a picture story has been created, we may now find it useful to add text.  For example, when we work for language lessons, we have to help create the story line using related pictures – related to a lesson/ idea/ author that we want to explore.  It can be linked to the textbook chapter/ lesson; it need not be.  Images can be added to text using a text editor or even a concept map; a concept map can also be presented with images and notes as a story.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are different levels of combining text and images: &lt;br /&gt;
#Editing the image for size, format, scaling and cropping, inserting into a document. &lt;br /&gt;
#Editing images to improve image quality.&lt;br /&gt;
#Adding a caption to an image.   &lt;br /&gt;
#Inserting text into images.&lt;br /&gt;
#Adding descriptive texts and labels to an image; sequencing and telling a  story.&lt;br /&gt;
Together, the images and text can tell a story.  Examples will include a picture story book, a comic strip, or even a poster or brochure.  This method of communication can be useful to combine art with other subject areas.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Pedagogical possibilities from picture stories =====&lt;br /&gt;
Picture stories can be effective in allowing students to express their understanding in text, based on their language ability.  Pictures can support the narration.  The teacher can assess how the students are able to tell a story and their coherence of expression for a given idea.  Picture essays and picture stories can also help teachers determine students&amp;#039; levels of documenting and their practices of documenting knowledge (their sources of information, permissions, etc), their skills of combining text and non-textual methods for communicating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Other examples of picture stories====&lt;br /&gt;
#Create a process flow (science) diagram and label it. (Using draw tools, scan from hand drawn process charts and take a screenshot from an existing image of a diagram/ process chart). &lt;br /&gt;
#Even a Geogebra file is one such image / text story.&lt;br /&gt;
#Explaining an experiment using screenshots from simulations is an example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Digital learning resources to be used for making picture stories ====&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Image Viewer]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Freeplane]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn LibreOffice Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn LibreOffice Impress]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Tux Paint]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn MyPaint]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn GIMP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Audio and video stories ===&lt;br /&gt;
While we may not be using this very often, even simple audio clips can be used to tell stories.  Using sounds and narrations to tell stories as well as adding sounds to embellish a story are possible.  Determining when to add an audio or a video is a function of the story telling ability.  There are multiple ways of creating audio and video files: &lt;br /&gt;
# Audio recording using a voice recorder or mobile &lt;br /&gt;
# Video recording using a camera or a mobile &lt;br /&gt;
# Screen cast video recording of any application or process being done on the computer &lt;br /&gt;
#Using a voice recorder, narrate the explanation, description or commentary of the process or event to create an audio clip.&lt;br /&gt;
#Combining the audio clip with videos and/or images to create video stories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Pedagogical possibilities from audio visual stories ====&lt;br /&gt;
Audio visual methods can add to the effectiveness of a message.  Look at this video below of a short video combining audio(song),video (dance and protests) and animations. {{Youtube|8M5aeMpzOLU}}Like in the case of picture stories, deciding on a story line, and correct choice of image or other media will determine effectiveness.  Audio visual stories allow for different forms of expression including narration and music to be added and allow for more possibilities for creating an inclusive environment in a classroom. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other outcomes will depend on the specific objectives of the digital story, whether of supporting deeper understanding of community/social institutions (in case of social science), of nature and natural processes/events (in case of science) and of expression/production (in case of language). Elements of art and music can also be blended into the digital story by the students.  The style of presentation and quality of the output can also give the teachers an indication of the student&amp;#039;s engagement with the idea/ concept as well as their technical skills.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Digital learning resources to be used for making picture stories ====&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the tools mentioned, the following tools are to be used: &lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Audacity]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Record My Desktop]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Openshot Video Editor|Learn OpenShot Video Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Assessment of digital stories===&lt;br /&gt;
Digital stories can be used for assessment of student learning.&lt;br /&gt;
#How well story is developed?&lt;br /&gt;
#The quality of the script and the quality of the images, audio, video, text material used &lt;br /&gt;
#The quality of the language&lt;br /&gt;
#Analysing information presented in multiple formats &lt;br /&gt;
#How well ideas are connected?&lt;br /&gt;
#Accuracy&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;For a language lesson, you can assess the following:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Coherence and the flow of story&lt;br /&gt;
#Language style&lt;br /&gt;
#Vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
#Richness of ideas and extensions presented&lt;br /&gt;
#Linking of ideas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;For social science topics, or projects in mathematics and science, we can assess the following:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Coherence and the flow of story&lt;br /&gt;
#Richness of ideas and extensions presented&lt;br /&gt;
#How critical questions are asked and expressed, how dilemmas and challenges are explored&lt;br /&gt;
#Linking of ideas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Some examples of digital stories in schools&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at digital stories created by schools for different topics/issues/locations can give an idea of the immense possibilities of this as a pedagogical tool.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|{{#widget:YouTube|id=o2bqPhwab3Y|width=320 |height=220}}&lt;br /&gt;
Video of a local handicraft making shop &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fire station jayanagar digital story telling.jpg|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Picture essay of a fire station&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=ICT_teacher_handbook/Digital_story_telling&amp;diff=7975</id>
		<title>ICT teacher handbook/Digital story telling</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=ICT_teacher_handbook/Digital_story_telling&amp;diff=7975"/>
		<updated>2017-07-07T09:43:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: /* Assessment of digital stories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Navigate|Prev=ICT in teaching learning|Curr=Digital Story Telling|Next=Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge TPACK}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The focus of this activity is to develop a digital story for a teaching-learning situation - examples, creating a photo essay for documenting an event or a place, comic strips to tell a story, an audio recording for sharing understanding.  The focus on all of these activities is to demonstrate possibilities of using digital stories to express understanding and learning without focusing exclusively on text based methods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Objectives===&lt;br /&gt;
#Capturing information in multiple (non-only-textual) ways; what to use when  &lt;br /&gt;
#Understanding that digital stories can be picture albums, picture story books, audio books, audio visual books or videos or a combination of these&lt;br /&gt;
#Combining text, graphic and audio visual methods, developing a story and scripting by combining multiple digital methods&lt;br /&gt;
#Learning the effectiveness of digital stories for communication in classrooms; in the case of language teaching-learning how this can be used for learning and assessment. It can be used to document community institutions for social science or explore a topic in science or mathematics.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Evaluation of digital stories (by teachers for assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
#Possibilities for inclusion using digital story telling (by teachers for children with different learning needs and abilities)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Understanding digital stories===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is in understanding the effectiveness of different kinds of communication.  Take a given multimedia communication and discuss with the students the overall message and the role and effectiveness of each of the pieces of the digital story in communicating the idea.  For example, take a sample of resources - sequence story of pictures, an animation, a poster, an audio clip or a video - and  ask the children to tell the story.  &lt;br /&gt;
====Notes for the teacher====&lt;br /&gt;
Use the following pointers to evaluate a digital story:&lt;br /&gt;
#What pictures/ images/ sounds/ videos have been captured?  How are they important?&lt;br /&gt;
#How different media (audio, video, image) are different?&lt;br /&gt;
#Why has a video been used for a particular message or could it have been captured (better) by a photograph?&lt;br /&gt;
#How have text, images and audio/ video been combined?&lt;br /&gt;
#When to use what?&lt;br /&gt;
====Student Outcomes====&lt;br /&gt;
#Comprehension, verbal (oral) expression from a given story/ resource/ audio/ video&lt;br /&gt;
#Ability to coherently tell a story.  Making a story line for a given idea. This is likely to be an iterative process, initially many &amp;#039;story ideas&amp;#039; can be brain stormed by the students and then a few selected, by explicitly assessing these stories on parameters they use&lt;br /&gt;
#Identifying key ideas for getting photos / images/ drawing pictures&lt;br /&gt;
#Creating, accessing, modifying images and photos and adding descriptive text to develop stories&lt;br /&gt;
#Creating, accessing, modifying audio and video and combining with images and text to develop stories&lt;br /&gt;
#Technical skills of creating multimedia digital stories &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Making a digital story with images and text ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 1.  Telling a story with pictures ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Digital story with photographs&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, we have to create a photo / image essay.  This could be either be a documentation of an event or a set of images that can be tied to tell a story or an explanation of a process.  These images can be created through taking photographs of actual events or taking photographs of hand drawn illustrations.  The photographs can be stitched using a slide show.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Making a story with digital art images&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to taking photographs, images can be digitally created using paint/ drawing applications.  Images can also be created using digital art creation tools like Tux Paint or MyPaint.  Screenshots of a digital art creation or snapshots of a video are also methods of generating digital images. Such creations can be combined with photographs in a slideshow.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Pedagogical possibilities from picture essays =====&lt;br /&gt;
There are multiple pedagogical possibilities from picture stories.  Picture stories can be used as ways for building communication and expression in students. The choice of what to photograph or illustrate will determine the effectiveness of the photo essay.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another skill to be built here is the ability to tell stories using photo or image essays.  Unlike text, images can give rise to multiple interpretations and hence, multiple stories. This can be used effectively in a classroom to create an inclusive environment for all students to participate.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By asking students to illustrate a given story or a song or a poem, it is possible to assess their comprehension.  Students can also be encouraged to make collaborative stories from pictures shared in a classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 2.  Editing Images and Adding text ====&lt;br /&gt;
Once a picture story has been created, we may now find it useful to add text.  For example, when we work for language lessons, we have to help create the story line using related pictures – related to a lesson/ idea/ author that we want to explore.  It can be linked to the textbook chapter/ lesson; it need not be.  Images can be added to text using a text editor or even a concept map; a concept map can also be presented with images and notes as a story.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are different levels of combining text and images: &lt;br /&gt;
#Editing the image for size, format, scaling and cropping, inserting into a document. &lt;br /&gt;
#Editing images to improve image quality.&lt;br /&gt;
#Adding a caption to an image.   &lt;br /&gt;
#Inserting text into images.&lt;br /&gt;
#Adding descriptive texts and labels to an image; sequencing and telling a  story.&lt;br /&gt;
Together, the images and text can tell a story.  Examples will include a picture story book, a comic strip, or even a poster or brochure.  This method of communication can be useful to combine art with other subject areas.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Pedagogical possibilities from picture stories =====&lt;br /&gt;
Picture stories can be effective in allowing students to express their understanding in text, based on their language ability.  Pictures can support the narration.  The teacher can assess how the students are able to tell a story and their coherence of expression for a given idea.  Picture essays and picture stories can also help teachers determine students&amp;#039; levels of documenting and their practices of documenting knowledge (their sources of information, permissions, etc), their skills of combining text and non-textual methods for communicating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Other examples of picture stories====&lt;br /&gt;
#Create a process flow (science) diagram and label it. (Using draw tools, scan from hand drawn process charts and take a screenshot from an existing image of a diagram/ process chart). &lt;br /&gt;
#Even a Geogebra file is one such image / text story.&lt;br /&gt;
#Explaining an experiment using screenshots from simulations is an example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Digital learning resources to be used for making picture stories ====&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Image Viewer]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Freeplane]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn LibreOffice Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn LibreOffice Impress]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Tux Paint]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn MyPaint]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn GIMP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Audio and video stories ===&lt;br /&gt;
While we may not be using this very often, even simple audio clips can be used to tell stories.  Using sounds and narrations to tell stories as well as adding sounds to embellish a story are possible.  Determining when to add an audio or a video is a function of the story telling ability.  There are multiple ways of creating audio and video files: &lt;br /&gt;
# Audio recording using a voice recorder or mobile &lt;br /&gt;
# Video recording using a camera or a mobile &lt;br /&gt;
# Screen cast video recording of any application or process being done on the computer &lt;br /&gt;
#Using a voice recorder, narrate the explanation, description or commentary of the process or event to create an audio clip.&lt;br /&gt;
#Combining the audio clip with videos and/or images to create video stories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Pedagogical possibilities from audio visual stories ====&lt;br /&gt;
Audio visual methods can add to the effectiveness of a message.  Look at this video below of a short video combining audio(song),video (dance and protests) and animations. {{Youtube|8M5aeMpzOLU}}Like in the case of picture stories, deciding on a story line, and correct choice of image or other media will determine effectiveness.  Audio visual stories allow for different forms of expression including narration and music to be added and allow for more possibilities for creating an inclusive environment in a classroom. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other outcomes will depend on the specific objectives of the digital story, whether of supporting deeper understanding of community/social institutions (in case of social science), of nature and natural processes/events (in case of science) and of expression/production (in case of language). Elements of art and music can also be blended into the digital story by the students.  The style of presentation and quality of the output can also give the teachers an indication of the student&amp;#039;s engagement with the idea/ concept as well as their technical skills.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Digital learning resources to be used for making picture stories ====&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the tools mentioned, the following tools are to be used: &lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Audacity]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Record My Desktop]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Openshot Video Editor|Learn OpenShot Video Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Assessment of digital stories===&lt;br /&gt;
Digital stories can be used for assessment of student learning.&lt;br /&gt;
#How well story is developed?&lt;br /&gt;
#The quality of the script and the quality of the images, audio, video, text material used &lt;br /&gt;
#The quality of the language&lt;br /&gt;
#Analysing information presented in multiple formats &lt;br /&gt;
#How well ideas are connected?&lt;br /&gt;
#Accuracy&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;For a language lesson, you can assess the following:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Coherence and the flow of story&lt;br /&gt;
#Language style&lt;br /&gt;
#Vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
#Richness of ideas and extensions presented&lt;br /&gt;
#Linking of ideas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;For social science topics, or projects in mathematics and science, we can assess the following:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Coherence and the flow of story&lt;br /&gt;
#Richness of ideas and extensions presented&lt;br /&gt;
#How critical questions are asked and expressed, how dilemmas and challenges are explored&lt;br /&gt;
#Linking of ideas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Some examples of digital stories in schools&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at digital stories created by schools for different topics/issues/locations can give an idea of the immense possibilities of this as a pedagogical tool.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|{{#widget:YouTube|id=o2bqPhwab3Y|width=320 |height=220}}&lt;br /&gt;
Video of a local handicraft making shop &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fire station jayanagar digital story telling.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Picture essay of a fire station&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=ICT_teacher_handbook/Digital_story_telling&amp;diff=7974</id>
		<title>ICT teacher handbook/Digital story telling</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=ICT_teacher_handbook/Digital_story_telling&amp;diff=7974"/>
		<updated>2017-07-07T09:25:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: /* Assessment of digital stories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Navigate|Prev=ICT in teaching learning|Curr=Digital Story Telling|Next=Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge TPACK}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The focus of this activity is to develop a digital story for a teaching-learning situation - examples, creating a photo essay for documenting an event or a place, comic strips to tell a story, an audio recording for sharing understanding.  The focus on all of these activities is to demonstrate possibilities of using digital stories to express understanding and learning without focusing exclusively on text based methods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Objectives===&lt;br /&gt;
#Capturing information in multiple (non-only-textual) ways; what to use when  &lt;br /&gt;
#Understanding that digital stories can be picture albums, picture story books, audio books, audio visual books or videos or a combination of these&lt;br /&gt;
#Combining text, graphic and audio visual methods, developing a story and scripting by combining multiple digital methods&lt;br /&gt;
#Learning the effectiveness of digital stories for communication in classrooms; in the case of language teaching-learning how this can be used for learning and assessment. It can be used to document community institutions for social science or explore a topic in science or mathematics.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Evaluation of digital stories (by teachers for assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
#Possibilities for inclusion using digital story telling (by teachers for children with different learning needs and abilities)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Understanding digital stories===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is in understanding the effectiveness of different kinds of communication.  Take a given multimedia communication and discuss with the students the overall message and the role and effectiveness of each of the pieces of the digital story in communicating the idea.  For example, take a sample of resources - sequence story of pictures, an animation, a poster, an audio clip or a video - and  ask the children to tell the story.  &lt;br /&gt;
====Notes for the teacher====&lt;br /&gt;
Use the following pointers to evaluate a digital story:&lt;br /&gt;
#What pictures/ images/ sounds/ videos have been captured?  How are they important?&lt;br /&gt;
#How different media (audio, video, image) are different?&lt;br /&gt;
#Why has a video been used for a particular message or could it have been captured (better) by a photograph?&lt;br /&gt;
#How have text, images and audio/ video been combined?&lt;br /&gt;
#When to use what?&lt;br /&gt;
====Student Outcomes====&lt;br /&gt;
#Comprehension, verbal (oral) expression from a given story/ resource/ audio/ video&lt;br /&gt;
#Ability to coherently tell a story.  Making a story line for a given idea. This is likely to be an iterative process, initially many &amp;#039;story ideas&amp;#039; can be brain stormed by the students and then a few selected, by explicitly assessing these stories on parameters they use&lt;br /&gt;
#Identifying key ideas for getting photos / images/ drawing pictures&lt;br /&gt;
#Creating, accessing, modifying images and photos and adding descriptive text to develop stories&lt;br /&gt;
#Creating, accessing, modifying audio and video and combining with images and text to develop stories&lt;br /&gt;
#Technical skills of creating multimedia digital stories &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Making a digital story with images and text ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 1.  Telling a story with pictures ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Digital story with photographs&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, we have to create a photo / image essay.  This could be either be a documentation of an event or a set of images that can be tied to tell a story or an explanation of a process.  These images can be created through taking photographs of actual events or taking photographs of hand drawn illustrations.  The photographs can be stitched using a slide show.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Making a story with digital art images&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to taking photographs, images can be digitally created using paint/ drawing applications.  Images can also be created using digital art creation tools like Tux Paint or MyPaint.  Screenshots of a digital art creation or snapshots of a video are also methods of generating digital images. Such creations can be combined with photographs in a slideshow.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Pedagogical possibilities from picture essays =====&lt;br /&gt;
There are multiple pedagogical possibilities from picture stories.  Picture stories can be used as ways for building communication and expression in students. The choice of what to photograph or illustrate will determine the effectiveness of the photo essay.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another skill to be built here is the ability to tell stories using photo or image essays.  Unlike text, images can give rise to multiple interpretations and hence, multiple stories. This can be used effectively in a classroom to create an inclusive environment for all students to participate.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By asking students to illustrate a given story or a song or a poem, it is possible to assess their comprehension.  Students can also be encouraged to make collaborative stories from pictures shared in a classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 2.  Editing Images and Adding text ====&lt;br /&gt;
Once a picture story has been created, we may now find it useful to add text.  For example, when we work for language lessons, we have to help create the story line using related pictures – related to a lesson/ idea/ author that we want to explore.  It can be linked to the textbook chapter/ lesson; it need not be.  Images can be added to text using a text editor or even a concept map; a concept map can also be presented with images and notes as a story.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are different levels of combining text and images: &lt;br /&gt;
#Editing the image for size, format, scaling and cropping, inserting into a document. &lt;br /&gt;
#Editing images to improve image quality.&lt;br /&gt;
#Adding a caption to an image.   &lt;br /&gt;
#Inserting text into images.&lt;br /&gt;
#Adding descriptive texts and labels to an image; sequencing and telling a  story.&lt;br /&gt;
Together, the images and text can tell a story.  Examples will include a picture story book, a comic strip, or even a poster or brochure.  This method of communication can be useful to combine art with other subject areas.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Pedagogical possibilities from picture stories =====&lt;br /&gt;
Picture stories can be effective in allowing students to express their understanding in text, based on their language ability.  Pictures can support the narration.  The teacher can assess how the students are able to tell a story and their coherence of expression for a given idea.  Picture essays and picture stories can also help teachers determine students&amp;#039; levels of documenting and their practices of documenting knowledge (their sources of information, permissions, etc), their skills of combining text and non-textual methods for communicating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Other examples of picture stories====&lt;br /&gt;
#Create a process flow (science) diagram and label it. (Using draw tools, scan from hand drawn process charts and take a screenshot from an existing image of a diagram/ process chart). &lt;br /&gt;
#Even a Geogebra file is one such image / text story.&lt;br /&gt;
#Explaining an experiment using screenshots from simulations is an example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Digital learning resources to be used for making picture stories ====&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Image Viewer]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Freeplane]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn LibreOffice Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn LibreOffice Impress]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Tux Paint]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn MyPaint]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn GIMP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Audio and video stories ===&lt;br /&gt;
While we may not be using this very often, even simple audio clips can be used to tell stories.  Using sounds and narrations to tell stories as well as adding sounds to embellish a story are possible.  Determining when to add an audio or a video is a function of the story telling ability.  There are multiple ways of creating audio and video files: &lt;br /&gt;
# Audio recording using a voice recorder or mobile &lt;br /&gt;
# Video recording using a camera or a mobile &lt;br /&gt;
# Screen cast video recording of any application or process being done on the computer &lt;br /&gt;
#Using a voice recorder, narrate the explanation, description or commentary of the process or event to create an audio clip.&lt;br /&gt;
#Combining the audio clip with videos and/or images to create video stories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Pedagogical possibilities from audio visual stories ====&lt;br /&gt;
Audio visual methods can add to the effectiveness of a message.  Look at this video below of a short video combining audio(song),video (dance and protests) and animations. {{Youtube|8M5aeMpzOLU}}Like in the case of picture stories, deciding on a story line, and correct choice of image or other media will determine effectiveness.  Audio visual stories allow for different forms of expression including narration and music to be added and allow for more possibilities for creating an inclusive environment in a classroom. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other outcomes will depend on the specific objectives of the digital story, whether of supporting deeper understanding of community/social institutions (in case of social science), of nature and natural processes/events (in case of science) and of expression/production (in case of language). Elements of art and music can also be blended into the digital story by the students.  The style of presentation and quality of the output can also give the teachers an indication of the student&amp;#039;s engagement with the idea/ concept as well as their technical skills.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Digital learning resources to be used for making picture stories ====&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the tools mentioned, the following tools are to be used: &lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Audacity]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Record My Desktop]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Openshot Video Editor|Learn OpenShot Video Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Assessment of digital stories===&lt;br /&gt;
Digital stories can be used for assessment of student learning.&lt;br /&gt;
#How well story is developed?&lt;br /&gt;
#The quality of the script and the quality of the images, audio, video, text material used &lt;br /&gt;
#The quality of the language&lt;br /&gt;
#Analysing information presented in multiple formats &lt;br /&gt;
#How well ideas are connected?&lt;br /&gt;
#Accuracy&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;For a language lesson, you can assess the following:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Coherence and the flow of story&lt;br /&gt;
#Language style&lt;br /&gt;
#Vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
#Richness of ideas and extensions presented&lt;br /&gt;
#Linking of ideas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;For social science topics, or projects in mathematics and science, we can assess the following:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Coherence and the flow of story&lt;br /&gt;
#Richness of ideas and extensions presented&lt;br /&gt;
#How critical questions are asked and expressed, how dilemmas and challenges are explored&lt;br /&gt;
#Linking of ideas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Some examples of digital stories in schools&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at digital stories created by schools for different topics/issues/locations can give an idea of the immense possibilities of this as a pedagogical tool.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|{{#widget:YouTube|id=o2bqPhwab3Y|width=320 |height=220}}&lt;br /&gt;
Video of a local handicraft making shop &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fire station jayanagar digital story telling.jpg|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Picture essay of a fire station&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Fire_station_jayanagar_digital_story_telling.jpg&amp;diff=7973</id>
		<title>File:Fire station jayanagar digital story telling.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Fire_station_jayanagar_digital_story_telling.jpg&amp;diff=7973"/>
		<updated>2017-07-07T09:23:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Fire station jayanagar digital story telling }}
|Source         =https://get.google.com/albumarchive/107607692306610004665/album/AF1QipP5bsOuZpgyYyBbxsH2tSuMFxHhwBiaUnphwDZE/AF1QipP4ln4UAhKooC3wM8HxzH2DuXAY5Xas8kMg...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Fire station jayanagar digital story telling }}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =https://get.google.com/albumarchive/107607692306610004665/album/AF1QipP5bsOuZpgyYyBbxsH2tSuMFxHhwBiaUnphwDZE/AF1QipP4ln4UAhKooC3wM8HxzH2DuXAY5Xas8kMgkShz&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for change&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =07-07-2017&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Sozi_Application.png&amp;diff=7972</id>
		<title>File:Sozi Application.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Sozi_Application.png&amp;diff=7972"/>
		<updated>2017-07-07T09:04:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Sozi_Application}}
|Source         =ITFC
|Author         =ITFC
|Date           =28-4-2017
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on_url           =
|Requires           =
|Assessment...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Sozi_Application}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =ITFC&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =ITFC&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =28-4-2017&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Sozi_animation_Window_.png&amp;diff=7971</id>
		<title>File:Sozi animation Window .png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Sozi_animation_Window_.png&amp;diff=7971"/>
		<updated>2017-07-07T09:02:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Sozi animation Window}}
|Source         =ITFC
|Author         =ITFC
|Date           =27-04-2017
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on_url           =
|Requires           =
|Assessm...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Sozi animation Window}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =ITFC&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =ITFC&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =27-04-2017&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Sozi_animation.png&amp;diff=7970</id>
		<title>File:Sozi animation.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Sozi_animation.png&amp;diff=7970"/>
		<updated>2017-07-07T09:00:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Sozi_animation}}
|Source         =ITFC
|Author         =ITFC
|Date           =27-04-2017
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on_url           =
|Requires           =
|Assessment...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Sozi_animation}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =ITFC&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =ITFC&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =27-04-2017&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Layout_Design_for_Presentation.png&amp;diff=7969</id>
		<title>File:Layout Design for Presentation.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Layout_Design_for_Presentation.png&amp;diff=7969"/>
		<updated>2017-07-07T08:57:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Layout Design for Presentation}}
|Source         =Layout Design for Presentation
|Author         =ITFC
|Date           =27-04-2017
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on_url...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Layout Design for Presentation}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Layout Design for Presentation&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =ITFC&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =27-04-2017&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Main_window_of_inkscape.png&amp;diff=7968</id>
		<title>File:Main window of inkscape.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Main_window_of_inkscape.png&amp;diff=7968"/>
		<updated>2017-07-07T08:53:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Main_window_of_inkscape}}
|Source         =ITFC
|Author         =ITFC
|Date           =27-04-2017
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on_url           =
|Requires           =
|Asses...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Main_window_of_inkscape}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =ITFC&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =ITFC&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =27-04-2017&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:How_to_open_Inkscape.png&amp;diff=7967</id>
		<title>File:How to open Inkscape.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:How_to_open_Inkscape.png&amp;diff=7967"/>
		<updated>2017-07-07T08:51:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=How to open Inkscape}}
|Source         =How to open Inkscape
|Author         =ITFC
|Date           =27-04-2016
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on_url           =
|Requires...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=How to open Inkscape}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =How to open Inkscape&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =ITFC&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =27-04-2016&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Teacher_Handbook_Technology_for_Teacher_Professional_Development_revised.png&amp;diff=7966</id>
		<title>File:Teacher Handbook Technology for Teacher Professional Development revised.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Teacher_Handbook_Technology_for_Teacher_Professional_Development_revised.png&amp;diff=7966"/>
		<updated>2017-07-07T08:45:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=This is an overview of the Teacher Handbook topics}}
|Source         =Own creation
|Author         =IT for Change
|Date           =10-02-2017
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on_...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=This is an overview of the Teacher Handbook topics}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Own creation&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =10-02-2017&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Sliderforsides.png&amp;diff=7965</id>
		<title>File:Sliderforsides.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Sliderforsides.png&amp;diff=7965"/>
		<updated>2017-07-07T08:41:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Screenshot of slider file}}
|Source         =Screenshot using Geogebra application
|Author         =IT for Change
|Date           =April 1, 2017
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Screenshot of slider file}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Screenshot using Geogebra application&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =April 1, 2017&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Annual_and_seasonal_mean_temperature.png&amp;diff=7964</id>
		<title>File:Annual and seasonal mean temperature.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Annual_and_seasonal_mean_temperature.png&amp;diff=7964"/>
		<updated>2017-07-07T08:38:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Screenshot of spreadsheet file}}
|Source         =Screenshot of resource created for the textbook
|Author         =IT for Change
|Date           =20-03-2017
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Screenshot of spreadsheet file}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Screenshot of resource created for the textbook&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =20-03-2017&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Rainfall_data.png&amp;diff=7963</id>
		<title>File:Rainfall data.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Rainfall_data.png&amp;diff=7963"/>
		<updated>2017-07-07T08:36:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Screenshot of spreadsheet file}}
|Source         =Screenshot of resource created for the textbook
|Author         =IT for Change
|Date           =20-03-2017
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Screenshot of spreadsheet file}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Screenshot of resource created for the textbook&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =20-03-2017&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Exotic_pentagonal_tiling.png&amp;diff=7962</id>
		<title>File:Exotic pentagonal tiling.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Exotic_pentagonal_tiling.png&amp;diff=7962"/>
		<updated>2017-07-07T04:23:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=An example of an &amp;#039;exotic&amp;#039; type of pentagonal tiling; all tiles congruent (including mirror image)}}
|Source         =https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Exotic_pentagonal_tiling.png
|Author         =Another Matt
|Da...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=An example of an &amp;#039;exotic&amp;#039; type of pentagonal tiling; all tiles congruent (including mirror image)}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Exotic_pentagonal_tiling.png&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =Another Matt&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =23-10-2015&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Triangleintro.png&amp;diff=7961</id>
		<title>File:Triangleintro.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Triangleintro.png&amp;diff=7961"/>
		<updated>2017-07-06T11:59:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Resource created for the text book}}
|Source         =Owner Work
|Author         =IT For change
|Date           =20-03-2017
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on_url           =
|R...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Resource created for the text book}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Owner Work&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT For change&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =20-03-2017&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Trianglesecondlesson.png&amp;diff=7960</id>
		<title>File:Trianglesecondlesson.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Trianglesecondlesson.png&amp;diff=7960"/>
		<updated>2017-07-06T11:56:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Resource created for the text book}}
|Source         =Owner Work
|Author         =IT For Change
|Date           =20-03-2017
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on_url           =
|R...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Resource created for the text book}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Owner Work&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT For Change&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =20-03-2017&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Algebraprep4.png&amp;diff=7959</id>
		<title>File:Algebraprep4.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Algebraprep4.png&amp;diff=7959"/>
		<updated>2017-07-06T11:53:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Screenshot of Spreadsheet file}}
|Source         =Screenshot of resource created for the textbook
|Author         =IT for Change
|Date           =19-03-2017
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Screenshot of Spreadsheet file}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Screenshot of resource created for the textbook&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =19-03-2017&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Algebraprep3.png&amp;diff=7958</id>
		<title>File:Algebraprep3.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Algebraprep3.png&amp;diff=7958"/>
		<updated>2017-07-06T11:52:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Screenshot of Spreadsheet file}}
|Source         =Screenshot of resource created for the textbook
|Author         =IT for Change
|Date           =19-03-2017
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Screenshot of Spreadsheet file}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Screenshot of resource created for the textbook&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =19-03-2017&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Algerbraprep2.png&amp;diff=7957</id>
		<title>File:Algerbraprep2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Algerbraprep2.png&amp;diff=7957"/>
		<updated>2017-07-06T11:50:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Screenshot of Spreadsheet file}}
|Source         =Screenshot of resource created for the textbook
|Author         =IT for Change
|Date           =19-03-2017
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Screenshot of Spreadsheet file}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Screenshot of resource created for the textbook&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =19-03-2017&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Algebraprep1.png&amp;diff=7956</id>
		<title>File:Algebraprep1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Algebraprep1.png&amp;diff=7956"/>
		<updated>2017-07-06T11:47:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sunil: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Screenshot of Spreadsheet file}}
|Source         =Screenshot of resource created for the textbook
|Author         =IT for Change
|Date           =19-03-2017
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Screenshot of Spreadsheet file}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Screenshot of resource created for the textbook&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =19-03-2017&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sunil</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>